Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /homepages/41/d79740523/htdocs/converternews/wp-content/plugins/feedwordpress/syndicatedpost.class.php on line 708

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Machine vision starts to think for itself

Array ( [post_title] => Machine vision starts to think for itself [post_content] =>

Machine vision starts to think for itself

Yonatan Hyatt discusses one of the latest developments in machine vision which sees the technology starting to think for itself.

Machine vision technology has proved invaluable for quality control during the processing and packaging of food products. In the last 20 years applications for machine vision have grown significantly, cementing the technology’s place as a vital aspect of food manufacturing. The market growth of automation and robotics is a key driver to the machine vision industry, as automated technologies rely heavily on vision and imaging to perform their roles effectively. Developments of image registration, computer-vision, deep learning and other artificial intelligence (AI) technologies are beginning to enable radical market change. 

A core application for machine vision technology is in quality assurance (QA) to help determine whether food products or packaging are defective before leaving the factory. Food processing companies may check the size, shape and colour of a potato product or may want to assess the fat content in a meat product. They will also check that packaging, both primary and secondary – are not defective and that any labelling is correct.  Both regulatory and customer demands for quality, combined with increasing competitive pressures, have increased the requirement for QA managers to ensure visual inspection is performed.
 
Identifying defective products
Food processing best practice requires investment in machine vision QA products to identify defective products or packaging and, if possible, why they occurred. Historically, up until the introduction of autonomous machine vision systems, the industry has been rife with challenges. This is because solutions are complex, time-consuming and expensive to install and set up.

Traditionally, machine vision solutions have been complex, often requiring a systems integrator to complete the project — from creating proof-of-concept and test plans, to selecting components and bringing it all together as a hard-engineered solution on the production line. 

Another challenge that has plagued the industry has been a lack of flexibility of machine vision solutions. This means that any minor environmental change or alteration to the product being inspected requires the return of the integrator. In many cases, the original solution will be rendered completely obsolete, unsuitable for the new application, despite the vast investment required to implement it.

To overcome these challenges, and to directly address QA managers’ true needs on industrial production lines across the globe, Inspekto developed what it believes to be the world’s first autonomous machine vision system which allows food businesses to benefit from visual QA at any point on the production line at one-tenth of the cost and at least 1,000 times the installation speed. The system is suitable for any handling method – from manual to automated – and can be used for visual quality inspection and sorting. 

In stark contrast to more complex assemblies of traditional machine vision, this autonomous machine vision solution consists of a single, standalone appliance — integrating software and hardware which allows for easy and low-cost installation, removing the need for a systems integrator.

The system consists of four main parts – the vision sensor, the arm, the mounting adaptor and the controller. A straightforward process designed to take less than one hour, is all that is required to install it on any production line. The operator must first choose the position of the vision sensor so that it captures the entire surface of the part to be inspected. Next, a mounting point close to the vision sensor must be selected. The mounting adaptor can then be assembled onto any Bosch profile in the plant, and the telescopic arm assembled and attached to the vision sensor. 

Following these steps, the operator can connect the controller and the system will automatically launch. To set up inspection, the operator draws a polygon to form an outline around the part to be inspected, selecting regions of interest and regions to exclude. The entire process, from the moment the product is taken out of the box, requires no training.

The AI approach
Once the system is up and running, the holistic AI approach of the system kicks in. To ensure the clearest, most informative images are acquired an AI algorithm optimises the camera and illumination settings for the object and environment. From this point, the algorithm can detect and localise the object without any operator input. Rather than a machine vision expert defining the detection and localisation algorithm, the system is ready to go.

The final step is for the operator to verify some good sample references to enable the system to learn what a gold standard product looks like. It will use as few references as possible to do this, depending on the part that is being inspected and its movement profile. The inspection process can then begin. 

Each new image will be compared with the gold standard references to verify the shape tolerances and surface variations. Because the system is not searching for predefined defects or comparing against defective parts, it will detect defects that were never considered by the manufacturer before. 

Because of the self-adapting capabilities of the system, manufacturers can easily move the system to another point on the production line as and when required. Furthermore, because the system is simple and affordable to install, it enables total QA, where machine vision technology can be incorporated at any point of the production line to track every step. It makes it easy to identify a defective product, where the defect has been introduced and therefore to determine why a product is faulty. As one plant manager put it ‘the move to autonomous machine vision systems enables plants not only to protect their customers from defected products, but also to protect the plants from scrap and flawed manufacturing processes’. 

Yonatan Hyatt is chief technology officer at Inspekto.

> [post_excerpt] =>

Yonatan Hyatt discusses one of the latest developments in machine vision which sees the technology starting to think for itself. [post_date_gmt] => 2019-08-17 15:04:32 [post_date] => 2019-08-17 15:04:32 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-08-17 15:04:32 [post_modified] => 2019-08-17 15:04:32 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => CEE-172400 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178802 image/jpeg ) [syndication_source] => Control Engineering Europe - All Articles [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_source_id] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed_id] => 17 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/rss/article/172400/Machine-vision-starts-to-think-for-itself.aspx [syndication_item_hash] => 0a4a8fbc3614fa2528f3b6ec398bed42 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

No image matches

Array ( )

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178802 image/jpeg ) [syndication_source] => Control Engineering Europe - All Articles [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_source_id] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed_id] => 17 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/rss/article/172400/Machine-vision-starts-to-think-for-itself.aspx [syndication_item_hash] => 0a4a8fbc3614fa2528f3b6ec398bed42 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178802 image/jpeg )

No match on global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178802 image/jpeg

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Machine vision starts to think for itself

Array ( [post_title] => Machine vision starts to think for itself [post_content] =>

Machine vision starts to think for itself

Yonatan Hyatt discusses one of the latest developments in machine vision which sees the technology starting to think for itself.

Machine vision technology has proved invaluable for quality control during the processing and packaging of food products. In the last 20 years applications for machine vision have grown significantly, cementing the technology’s place as a vital aspect of food manufacturing. The market growth of automation and robotics is a key driver to the machine vision industry, as automated technologies rely heavily on vision and imaging to perform their roles effectively. Developments of image registration, computer-vision, deep learning and other artificial intelligence (AI) technologies are beginning to enable radical market change. 

A core application for machine vision technology is in quality assurance (QA) to help determine whether food products or packaging are defective before leaving the factory. Food processing companies may check the size, shape and colour of a potato product or may want to assess the fat content in a meat product. They will also check that packaging, both primary and secondary – are not defective and that any labelling is correct.  Both regulatory and customer demands for quality, combined with increasing competitive pressures, have increased the requirement for QA managers to ensure visual inspection is performed.
 
Identifying defective products
Food processing best practice requires investment in machine vision QA products to identify defective products or packaging and, if possible, why they occurred. Historically, up until the introduction of autonomous machine vision systems, the industry has been rife with challenges. This is because solutions are complex, time-consuming and expensive to install and set up.

Traditionally, machine vision solutions have been complex, often requiring a systems integrator to complete the project — from creating proof-of-concept and test plans, to selecting components and bringing it all together as a hard-engineered solution on the production line. 

Another challenge that has plagued the industry has been a lack of flexibility of machine vision solutions. This means that any minor environmental change or alteration to the product being inspected requires the return of the integrator. In many cases, the original solution will be rendered completely obsolete, unsuitable for the new application, despite the vast investment required to implement it.

To overcome these challenges, and to directly address QA managers’ true needs on industrial production lines across the globe, Inspekto developed what it believes to be the world’s first autonomous machine vision system which allows food businesses to benefit from visual QA at any point on the production line at one-tenth of the cost and at least 1,000 times the installation speed. The system is suitable for any handling method – from manual to automated – and can be used for visual quality inspection and sorting. 

In stark contrast to more complex assemblies of traditional machine vision, this autonomous machine vision solution consists of a single, standalone appliance — integrating software and hardware which allows for easy and low-cost installation, removing the need for a systems integrator.

The system consists of four main parts – the vision sensor, the arm, the mounting adaptor and the controller. A straightforward process designed to take less than one hour, is all that is required to install it on any production line. The operator must first choose the position of the vision sensor so that it captures the entire surface of the part to be inspected. Next, a mounting point close to the vision sensor must be selected. The mounting adaptor can then be assembled onto any Bosch profile in the plant, and the telescopic arm assembled and attached to the vision sensor. 

Following these steps, the operator can connect the controller and the system will automatically launch. To set up inspection, the operator draws a polygon to form an outline around the part to be inspected, selecting regions of interest and regions to exclude. The entire process, from the moment the product is taken out of the box, requires no training.

The AI approach
Once the system is up and running, the holistic AI approach of the system kicks in. To ensure the clearest, most informative images are acquired an AI algorithm optimises the camera and illumination settings for the object and environment. From this point, the algorithm can detect and localise the object without any operator input. Rather than a machine vision expert defining the detection and localisation algorithm, the system is ready to go.

The final step is for the operator to verify some good sample references to enable the system to learn what a gold standard product looks like. It will use as few references as possible to do this, depending on the part that is being inspected and its movement profile. The inspection process can then begin. 

Each new image will be compared with the gold standard references to verify the shape tolerances and surface variations. Because the system is not searching for predefined defects or comparing against defective parts, it will detect defects that were never considered by the manufacturer before. 

Because of the self-adapting capabilities of the system, manufacturers can easily move the system to another point on the production line as and when required. Furthermore, because the system is simple and affordable to install, it enables total QA, where machine vision technology can be incorporated at any point of the production line to track every step. It makes it easy to identify a defective product, where the defect has been introduced and therefore to determine why a product is faulty. As one plant manager put it ‘the move to autonomous machine vision systems enables plants not only to protect their customers from defected products, but also to protect the plants from scrap and flawed manufacturing processes’. 

Yonatan Hyatt is chief technology officer at Inspekto.

> [post_excerpt] =>

Yonatan Hyatt discusses one of the latest developments in machine vision which sees the technology starting to think for itself. [post_date_gmt] => 2019-08-17 15:04:32 [post_date] => 2019-08-17 15:04:32 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-08-17 15:04:32 [post_modified] => 2019-08-17 15:04:32 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => CEE-172400 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178802 image/jpeg ) [syndication_source] => Control Engineering Europe - All Articles [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_source_id] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed_id] => 17 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/rss/article/172400/Machine-vision-starts-to-think-for-itself.aspx [syndication_item_hash] => 0a4a8fbc3614fa2528f3b6ec398bed42 [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )


Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /homepages/41/d79740523/htdocs/converternews/wp-content/plugins/feedwordpress/syndicatedpost.class.php on line 708

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Meeting level measurement challenges with radar

Array ( [post_title] => Meeting level measurement challenges with radar [post_content] =>

Meeting level measurement challenges with radar

Denny Nelson explains how the latest non-contacting radar transmitters can overcome food processing challenges using frequency modulated continuous wave technology.

There are various reasons why accurate and reliable level measurement is essential in the tanks, silos, hoppers and bins in which products are processed or stored. These include optimising inventory management and stock availability, and helping to ensure consistent product quality, all of which can affect profitability.

However, level measurement instrumentation must be able to withstand the challenging conditions present in typical food and beverage production applications. These include long measurement distances in tall silos, materials with a low dielectric constant, along with dust and uneven surfaces when measuring solids and powders. Devices must also comply with strict hygiene requirements to prevent product contamination.

A wide range of level measurement technologies are typically employed within modern food and beverage production. These include guided wave radar transmitters, differential pressure transmitters, vibrating fork level switches, capacitance point level switches, ultrasonic transmitters, acoustic transmitters, laser-based devices and load cells. These technologies must not only be able to meet the demands of each specific application, but must also have food grade parts and the appropriate certification for use in hygienic applications.

An innovative new level measurement technology for challenging food and beverage applications is non-contacting radar transmitters. These devices provide accurate continuous level measurements without touching the material surface, which results in low maintenance requirements, helping to ensure long-term reliability. In addition, their on-board diagnostics capability supports preventive maintenance. Non-contacting radar transmitters have a large measurement range capability and also provide the benefit of being unaffected by a wide range of process conditions, such as density, viscosity, conductivity, coating, corrosiveness, vapours, and changing pressure and temperature.

Modulation techniques
Non-contacting radar transmitters use one of two main modulation techniques – either pulse radar or frequency modulated continuous wave (FMCW) – to perform level measurements. The sensitivity of devices based on FMCW technology can be more than 30 times higher than that of pulse transmitters. This means that their signal strength is greater, enabling them to provide superior measurement accuracy and reliability, even when measuring materials with a low dielectric constant.

In solids applications in small to medium-sized silos, where there can be rapid changes in level, the latest FMCW transmitters can provide high accuracy by using a measurement algorithm that merges the peaks of an uneven surface. Large amounts of dust are created during fill cycles, which can pose problems for some level measurement technologies. Non-contacting radar transmitters usually handle dust well, but the signal can be blocked if there is a heavy layer of dust on the antenna. However, the latest FMCW devices can overcome this challenge with an integrated air purging system for cleaning the antenna.

Although FMCW technology provides advantages in terms of sensitivity and accuracy, its need for more processing power has traditionally been a drawback. For this reason, FMCW technology was typically deployed only within four-wire devices, thereby often requiring users to put additional cable infrastructure in place, which is costly and time-consuming. However, advanced two-wire FMCW transmitters are now available, enabling simple installation using existing cable infrastructure, and thus reducing costs and saving time. These transmitters overcome the problem of high processing power requirements for FMCW technology by replacing the traditional circuit board with radar-on-chip technology, enabling them to be less power-hungry and more energy-efficient.

Denny Nelson is a marketing engineer at Emerson Automation Solutions.

> [post_excerpt] =>

Denny Nelson explains how the latest non-contacting radar transmitters can overcome food processing challenges using frequency modulated continuous wave technology. [post_date_gmt] => 2019-08-17 14:59:27 [post_date] => 2019-08-17 14:59:27 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-08-17 14:59:27 [post_modified] => 2019-08-17 14:59:27 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => CEE-172399 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178801 image/jpeg ) [syndication_source] => Control Engineering Europe - All Articles [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_source_id] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed_id] => 17 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/rss/article/172399/Meeting-level-measurement-challenges-with-radar.aspx [syndication_item_hash] => 3aa9ad763902dcb60bbc92eb9463a6f0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

No image matches

Array ( )

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178801 image/jpeg ) [syndication_source] => Control Engineering Europe - All Articles [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_source_id] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed_id] => 17 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/rss/article/172399/Meeting-level-measurement-challenges-with-radar.aspx [syndication_item_hash] => 3aa9ad763902dcb60bbc92eb9463a6f0 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178801 image/jpeg )

No match on global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178801 image/jpeg

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Meeting level measurement challenges with radar

Array ( [post_title] => Meeting level measurement challenges with radar [post_content] =>

Meeting level measurement challenges with radar

Denny Nelson explains how the latest non-contacting radar transmitters can overcome food processing challenges using frequency modulated continuous wave technology.

There are various reasons why accurate and reliable level measurement is essential in the tanks, silos, hoppers and bins in which products are processed or stored. These include optimising inventory management and stock availability, and helping to ensure consistent product quality, all of which can affect profitability.

However, level measurement instrumentation must be able to withstand the challenging conditions present in typical food and beverage production applications. These include long measurement distances in tall silos, materials with a low dielectric constant, along with dust and uneven surfaces when measuring solids and powders. Devices must also comply with strict hygiene requirements to prevent product contamination.

A wide range of level measurement technologies are typically employed within modern food and beverage production. These include guided wave radar transmitters, differential pressure transmitters, vibrating fork level switches, capacitance point level switches, ultrasonic transmitters, acoustic transmitters, laser-based devices and load cells. These technologies must not only be able to meet the demands of each specific application, but must also have food grade parts and the appropriate certification for use in hygienic applications.

An innovative new level measurement technology for challenging food and beverage applications is non-contacting radar transmitters. These devices provide accurate continuous level measurements without touching the material surface, which results in low maintenance requirements, helping to ensure long-term reliability. In addition, their on-board diagnostics capability supports preventive maintenance. Non-contacting radar transmitters have a large measurement range capability and also provide the benefit of being unaffected by a wide range of process conditions, such as density, viscosity, conductivity, coating, corrosiveness, vapours, and changing pressure and temperature.

Modulation techniques
Non-contacting radar transmitters use one of two main modulation techniques – either pulse radar or frequency modulated continuous wave (FMCW) – to perform level measurements. The sensitivity of devices based on FMCW technology can be more than 30 times higher than that of pulse transmitters. This means that their signal strength is greater, enabling them to provide superior measurement accuracy and reliability, even when measuring materials with a low dielectric constant.

In solids applications in small to medium-sized silos, where there can be rapid changes in level, the latest FMCW transmitters can provide high accuracy by using a measurement algorithm that merges the peaks of an uneven surface. Large amounts of dust are created during fill cycles, which can pose problems for some level measurement technologies. Non-contacting radar transmitters usually handle dust well, but the signal can be blocked if there is a heavy layer of dust on the antenna. However, the latest FMCW devices can overcome this challenge with an integrated air purging system for cleaning the antenna.

Although FMCW technology provides advantages in terms of sensitivity and accuracy, its need for more processing power has traditionally been a drawback. For this reason, FMCW technology was typically deployed only within four-wire devices, thereby often requiring users to put additional cable infrastructure in place, which is costly and time-consuming. However, advanced two-wire FMCW transmitters are now available, enabling simple installation using existing cable infrastructure, and thus reducing costs and saving time. These transmitters overcome the problem of high processing power requirements for FMCW technology by replacing the traditional circuit board with radar-on-chip technology, enabling them to be less power-hungry and more energy-efficient.

Denny Nelson is a marketing engineer at Emerson Automation Solutions.

> [post_excerpt] =>

Denny Nelson explains how the latest non-contacting radar transmitters can overcome food processing challenges using frequency modulated continuous wave technology. [post_date_gmt] => 2019-08-17 14:59:27 [post_date] => 2019-08-17 14:59:27 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-08-17 14:59:27 [post_modified] => 2019-08-17 14:59:27 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => CEE-172399 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178801 image/jpeg ) [syndication_source] => Control Engineering Europe - All Articles [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_source_id] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed_id] => 17 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/rss/article/172399/Meeting-level-measurement-challenges-with-radar.aspx [syndication_item_hash] => 3aa9ad763902dcb60bbc92eb9463a6f0 [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )


Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /homepages/41/d79740523/htdocs/converternews/wp-content/plugins/feedwordpress/syndicatedpost.class.php on line 708

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Taking steps to implement AI

Array ( [post_title] => Taking steps to implement AI [post_content] =>

Taking steps to implement AI

Tim Foreman argues that companies should be looking to benefit from the potential of technologies such as ‘AI at the Edge’ strategically and thoughtfully for business success and competitive advantage.

Increasing computing power, growing data volumes and the increased use of sensors means that the discussion about AI on the factory floor is gaining momentum. Adaptive algorithms offer enormous potential for the further developments required for Industry 4.0, such as predictive maintenance and networked production. In this context, AI can help increase Overall Equipment Effectiveness (OEE) to reduce costs and increase productivity. The challenge faced by businesses however, is that many of the market-driven, often cloud-based AI solutions place enormous demands on infrastructure and IT. These solutions work with vast amounts of data that is laborious to prepare and take advantage of. In addition, system concepts for mechanical engineering are often complex and specially tailored to the respective requirements. A reliable use of typical AI algorithms is only possible through extensive testing, constant optimisation and over-dimensioning – which many companies shy away from.
 
Today there are many AI solutions suited for use in industrial automation. These include open source software and applications based on Machine Learning (ML). Robotics and automation providers are currently developing AI solutions that help small and medium-sized businesses in particular to use AI effectively and efficiently. The following tips will help you get started:

How to get started with AI
• Upgrade data management capabilities: Manufacturing companies are often more conservative when it comes to new technologies, as they work with machines that must run for 20 years or more. This should not mean that these companies they have to lose out when it comes to AI. It is important investigating the benefits that AI and ML will bring to the industrial environment and to over any reluctance to invest in these technologies. Companies should ensure that they can work with large amounts of data and advanced algorithms, the two cornerstones of artificial intelligence. 

• Outline central project questions and approaches: Important questions at the beginning of an AI project include: Which problems and challenges should be tackled? Which strategy and technology are best suited, and are they adaptable and expandable for a variety of projects and use cases? Which managers and employees should be brought on board? Is there the necessary expertise within the company or is there a need to involve external experts? How can a new machine with an integrated data science approach be planned and implemented?

• Define clear and measurable goals: The primary goal of AI deployment is to increase quality and process efficiency, for example through improved predictive maintenance to avoid equipment downtime. The AI-based solution should therefore aim at measurable and noticeable improvements in OEE. It is important to note that even an optimisation of only a few percentage points can lead to considerable increases in efficiency and cost reductions. AI in machine maintenance, for example, can help to reduce the risk of equipment damage and downtime, as problems can be detected early, and immediate action can be taken to eliminate them. Without automation, machine designers and operators would have to create their own analysis and optimisation solutions or use costly cloud solutions.

• Take advantage of AI ‘at the edge’: Instead of laboriously searching through data for patterns, find technology that approaches things differently – for example can the required algorithms can be integrated into the machine control to create the framework for real-time optimisation – at the machine level (the edge). This involves monitoring production lines and machines with real-time sensors, which immediately collect the data and check it for anomalies. 

• Focus on real-time data processing: While cloud-based AI solutions place enormous demands on infrastructure and IT, and the processing of data volumes is a tedious and time-consuming process, AI at the edge suits predictive maintenance and control of machines. It combines line control functions with real-time AI-based data processing. One advantage is that it is possible to reliably identify unforeseen situations and react quickly, improve quality, maintenance cycles and machine lifecycles, and scale as needed. The processes gain intelligence on the basis of previous findings and improvements, and drive the holistic optimisation of the manufacturing process.

Tim Foreman is european R&D manager at Omron.

> [post_excerpt] =>

Tim Foreman argues that companies should be looking to benefit from the potential of technologies such as ‘AI at the Edge’ strategically and thoughtfully for business success and competitive advantage. [post_date_gmt] => 2019-08-12 10:51:31 [post_date] => 2019-08-12 10:51:31 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-08-12 10:51:31 [post_modified] => 2019-08-12 10:51:31 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => CEE-172309 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178675 image/jpeg ) [syndication_source] => Control Engineering Europe - All Articles [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_source_id] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed_id] => 17 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/rss/article/172309/Taking-steps-to-implement-AI.aspx [syndication_item_hash] => 6ebdfd6c5424072563060d91ec682e37 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

No image matches

Array ( )

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178675 image/jpeg ) [syndication_source] => Control Engineering Europe - All Articles [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_source_id] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed_id] => 17 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/rss/article/172309/Taking-steps-to-implement-AI.aspx [syndication_item_hash] => 6ebdfd6c5424072563060d91ec682e37 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178675 image/jpeg )

No match on global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178675 image/jpeg

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Taking steps to implement AI

Array ( [post_title] => Taking steps to implement AI [post_content] =>

Taking steps to implement AI

Tim Foreman argues that companies should be looking to benefit from the potential of technologies such as ‘AI at the Edge’ strategically and thoughtfully for business success and competitive advantage.

Increasing computing power, growing data volumes and the increased use of sensors means that the discussion about AI on the factory floor is gaining momentum. Adaptive algorithms offer enormous potential for the further developments required for Industry 4.0, such as predictive maintenance and networked production. In this context, AI can help increase Overall Equipment Effectiveness (OEE) to reduce costs and increase productivity. The challenge faced by businesses however, is that many of the market-driven, often cloud-based AI solutions place enormous demands on infrastructure and IT. These solutions work with vast amounts of data that is laborious to prepare and take advantage of. In addition, system concepts for mechanical engineering are often complex and specially tailored to the respective requirements. A reliable use of typical AI algorithms is only possible through extensive testing, constant optimisation and over-dimensioning – which many companies shy away from.
 
Today there are many AI solutions suited for use in industrial automation. These include open source software and applications based on Machine Learning (ML). Robotics and automation providers are currently developing AI solutions that help small and medium-sized businesses in particular to use AI effectively and efficiently. The following tips will help you get started:

How to get started with AI
• Upgrade data management capabilities: Manufacturing companies are often more conservative when it comes to new technologies, as they work with machines that must run for 20 years or more. This should not mean that these companies they have to lose out when it comes to AI. It is important investigating the benefits that AI and ML will bring to the industrial environment and to over any reluctance to invest in these technologies. Companies should ensure that they can work with large amounts of data and advanced algorithms, the two cornerstones of artificial intelligence. 

• Outline central project questions and approaches: Important questions at the beginning of an AI project include: Which problems and challenges should be tackled? Which strategy and technology are best suited, and are they adaptable and expandable for a variety of projects and use cases? Which managers and employees should be brought on board? Is there the necessary expertise within the company or is there a need to involve external experts? How can a new machine with an integrated data science approach be planned and implemented?

• Define clear and measurable goals: The primary goal of AI deployment is to increase quality and process efficiency, for example through improved predictive maintenance to avoid equipment downtime. The AI-based solution should therefore aim at measurable and noticeable improvements in OEE. It is important to note that even an optimisation of only a few percentage points can lead to considerable increases in efficiency and cost reductions. AI in machine maintenance, for example, can help to reduce the risk of equipment damage and downtime, as problems can be detected early, and immediate action can be taken to eliminate them. Without automation, machine designers and operators would have to create their own analysis and optimisation solutions or use costly cloud solutions.

• Take advantage of AI ‘at the edge’: Instead of laboriously searching through data for patterns, find technology that approaches things differently – for example can the required algorithms can be integrated into the machine control to create the framework for real-time optimisation – at the machine level (the edge). This involves monitoring production lines and machines with real-time sensors, which immediately collect the data and check it for anomalies. 

• Focus on real-time data processing: While cloud-based AI solutions place enormous demands on infrastructure and IT, and the processing of data volumes is a tedious and time-consuming process, AI at the edge suits predictive maintenance and control of machines. It combines line control functions with real-time AI-based data processing. One advantage is that it is possible to reliably identify unforeseen situations and react quickly, improve quality, maintenance cycles and machine lifecycles, and scale as needed. The processes gain intelligence on the basis of previous findings and improvements, and drive the holistic optimisation of the manufacturing process.

Tim Foreman is european R&D manager at Omron.

> [post_excerpt] =>

Tim Foreman argues that companies should be looking to benefit from the potential of technologies such as ‘AI at the Edge’ strategically and thoughtfully for business success and competitive advantage. [post_date_gmt] => 2019-08-12 10:51:31 [post_date] => 2019-08-12 10:51:31 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-08-12 10:51:31 [post_modified] => 2019-08-12 10:51:31 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => CEE-172309 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178675 image/jpeg ) [syndication_source] => Control Engineering Europe - All Articles [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_source_id] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed_id] => 17 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/rss/article/172309/Taking-steps-to-implement-AI.aspx [syndication_item_hash] => 6ebdfd6c5424072563060d91ec682e37 [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )


Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /homepages/41/d79740523/htdocs/converternews/wp-content/plugins/feedwordpress/syndicatedpost.class.php on line 708

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Reducing the energy output of machine tools

Array ( [post_title] => Reducing the energy output of machine tools [post_content] =>

Reducing the energy output of machine tools

A recent test installation at a CNC lathe has demonstrated the ability of Rittal Blue e+ chillers to reduce energy consumption.

Bosch Rexroth AG runs an energy efficiency consultancy called GoGreen at its headquarters in the Bavarian town of Lohr am Main with the aim of examining and improving the energy efficiency of its own production plants worldwide. To this end, GoGreen works closely with institutes, as well as technology partners such as Rittal, to test possible solutions.

One of the most important research projects which GoGreen is involved in is the ‘Eta-Fab’ (energy efficiency, technology and application centre) project at the Technical University of Darmstadt.

Headed by the University’s Institute for Production Management, Technology and Machine Tools (PTW); the facility is able to closely replicate conditions and processes used in the Rexroth plant in Elchingen, allowing effective and accurate testing of potential innovations in areas such as improving the energy efficiency of machine tools.

Among the products made at the Elchingen plant are hydraulic pumps and motors for mobile machines.  Many of the components for the hydraulic power units are manufactured on a CNC lathe which has a total connected load of 75 kVA and runs for up to six days a week in three-shift operation.

CNC lathes need their spindles to be cooled to dissipate the heat generated by the drive technology – and this is typically achieved through liquid cooling.

The GoGreen team examined what would be the impact of replacing the existing compressor cooling unit on the lathe, with a new Rittal Blue e+ Chiller.  The Blue e+ delivers the cooling medium and its DC compressor, controlled by an inverter, generates the necessary cooling output in the chiller. A circuit then transports the cooling medium to the spindles.

The test demonstrated that the Blue e+ could reduce energy consumption. Leo Pototzky, GoGreen project manager, Bosch Rexroth, said of the trial: “The Rittal Blue e+ chiller consumes 50% less electrical energy than the old chiller, while the saving achieved by the cooling unit in the enclosure even exceeded 80%. This shows us that a great potential still exists in many sectors.”

The Blue e+ App communicates with the cooling units via NFC (Near Field Communication, an international transmission standard based on RFID technology for contactless data exchange), allowing important information to be transmitted wirelessly; a functionality which is especially important when a number of chillers have been configured.  It allows operators easy operational oversight and facilitates a swift response, if required

> [post_excerpt] =>

A recent test installation at a CNC lathe has demonstrated the ability of Rittal Blue e+ chillers to reduce energy consumption. [post_date_gmt] => 2019-08-12 10:39:03 [post_date] => 2019-08-12 10:39:03 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-08-12 10:39:03 [post_modified] => 2019-08-12 10:39:03 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => CEE-172307 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178671 image/jpeg ) [syndication_source] => Control Engineering Europe - All Articles [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_source_id] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed_id] => 17 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/rss/article/172307/Reducing-the-energy-output-of-machine-tools.aspx [syndication_item_hash] => d4a337a3fc7c6606dfb3266751df8efa ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

No image matches

Array ( )

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178671 image/jpeg ) [syndication_source] => Control Engineering Europe - All Articles [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_source_id] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed_id] => 17 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/rss/article/172307/Reducing-the-energy-output-of-machine-tools.aspx [syndication_item_hash] => d4a337a3fc7c6606dfb3266751df8efa )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178671 image/jpeg )

No match on global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178671 image/jpeg

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Reducing the energy output of machine tools

Array ( [post_title] => Reducing the energy output of machine tools [post_content] =>

Reducing the energy output of machine tools

A recent test installation at a CNC lathe has demonstrated the ability of Rittal Blue e+ chillers to reduce energy consumption.

Bosch Rexroth AG runs an energy efficiency consultancy called GoGreen at its headquarters in the Bavarian town of Lohr am Main with the aim of examining and improving the energy efficiency of its own production plants worldwide. To this end, GoGreen works closely with institutes, as well as technology partners such as Rittal, to test possible solutions.

One of the most important research projects which GoGreen is involved in is the ‘Eta-Fab’ (energy efficiency, technology and application centre) project at the Technical University of Darmstadt.

Headed by the University’s Institute for Production Management, Technology and Machine Tools (PTW); the facility is able to closely replicate conditions and processes used in the Rexroth plant in Elchingen, allowing effective and accurate testing of potential innovations in areas such as improving the energy efficiency of machine tools.

Among the products made at the Elchingen plant are hydraulic pumps and motors for mobile machines.  Many of the components for the hydraulic power units are manufactured on a CNC lathe which has a total connected load of 75 kVA and runs for up to six days a week in three-shift operation.

CNC lathes need their spindles to be cooled to dissipate the heat generated by the drive technology – and this is typically achieved through liquid cooling.

The GoGreen team examined what would be the impact of replacing the existing compressor cooling unit on the lathe, with a new Rittal Blue e+ Chiller.  The Blue e+ delivers the cooling medium and its DC compressor, controlled by an inverter, generates the necessary cooling output in the chiller. A circuit then transports the cooling medium to the spindles.

The test demonstrated that the Blue e+ could reduce energy consumption. Leo Pototzky, GoGreen project manager, Bosch Rexroth, said of the trial: “The Rittal Blue e+ chiller consumes 50% less electrical energy than the old chiller, while the saving achieved by the cooling unit in the enclosure even exceeded 80%. This shows us that a great potential still exists in many sectors.”

The Blue e+ App communicates with the cooling units via NFC (Near Field Communication, an international transmission standard based on RFID technology for contactless data exchange), allowing important information to be transmitted wirelessly; a functionality which is especially important when a number of chillers have been configured.  It allows operators easy operational oversight and facilitates a swift response, if required

> [post_excerpt] =>

A recent test installation at a CNC lathe has demonstrated the ability of Rittal Blue e+ chillers to reduce energy consumption. [post_date_gmt] => 2019-08-12 10:39:03 [post_date] => 2019-08-12 10:39:03 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-08-12 10:39:03 [post_modified] => 2019-08-12 10:39:03 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => CEE-172307 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178671 image/jpeg ) [syndication_source] => Control Engineering Europe - All Articles [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_source_id] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed_id] => 17 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/rss/article/172307/Reducing-the-energy-output-of-machine-tools.aspx [syndication_item_hash] => d4a337a3fc7c6606dfb3266751df8efa [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )


Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /homepages/41/d79740523/htdocs/converternews/wp-content/plugins/feedwordpress/syndicatedpost.class.php on line 708

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Mitsubishi Electric invests in servo motors and linear stages

Array ( [post_title] => Mitsubishi Electric invests in servo motors and linear stages [post_content] =>

Mitsubishi Electric invests in servo motors and linear stages

Mitsubishi Electric Corporation has taken an equity stake in Akribis Systems Pte Ltd (Akribis), a Singapore-based manufacturer of linear servo motors and linear stages, to strengthen its industrial automation solutions for the global market.

By integrating its servo systems and other industrial automation products with Akribis' product lineup, Mitsubishi aims to meet increasing needs for high specification, high precision manufacturing. Typically needed for products utiliding new technologies such as 5G to meet the demand generated by IoT related business.

Due to the miniaturidation and high functionality of smartphones and the accelerated adoption of electric vehicles, linear servo motors and linear stages are increasingly in demand. Used in equipment for manufacturing products such as semiconductors, flat-panel displays and lithium-ion batteries, they achieve increased productivity and precision. This aligns with Mitsubishi Electric's servo systems.

Through this investment the company aims to accelerate its advancement of e-F@ctory and strengthen its total industrial automation solutions by combining its own servo systems and other industrial automation products with Akribis' wide product lineup.

> [post_excerpt] =>

Mitsubishi Electric Corporation has taken an equity stake in Akribis Systems Pte Ltd (Akribis), a Singapore-based manufacturer of linear servo motors and linear stages, to strengthen its industrial automation solutions for the global market. [post_date_gmt] => 2019-08-12 10:36:34 [post_date] => 2019-08-12 10:36:34 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-08-12 10:36:34 [post_modified] => 2019-08-12 10:36:34 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => CEE-172306 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178670 image/jpeg ) [syndication_source] => Control Engineering Europe - All Articles [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_source_id] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed_id] => 17 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/rss/article/172306/Mitsubishi-Electric-invests-in-servo-motors-and-linear-stages.aspx [syndication_item_hash] => 231f0f573c77de5448a49523b4047890 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

No image matches

Array ( )

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178670 image/jpeg ) [syndication_source] => Control Engineering Europe - All Articles [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_source_id] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed_id] => 17 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/rss/article/172306/Mitsubishi-Electric-invests-in-servo-motors-and-linear-stages.aspx [syndication_item_hash] => 231f0f573c77de5448a49523b4047890 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178670 image/jpeg )

No match on global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178670 image/jpeg

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Mitsubishi Electric invests in servo motors and linear stages

Array ( [post_title] => Mitsubishi Electric invests in servo motors and linear stages [post_content] =>

Mitsubishi Electric invests in servo motors and linear stages

Mitsubishi Electric Corporation has taken an equity stake in Akribis Systems Pte Ltd (Akribis), a Singapore-based manufacturer of linear servo motors and linear stages, to strengthen its industrial automation solutions for the global market.

By integrating its servo systems and other industrial automation products with Akribis' product lineup, Mitsubishi aims to meet increasing needs for high specification, high precision manufacturing. Typically needed for products utiliding new technologies such as 5G to meet the demand generated by IoT related business.

Due to the miniaturidation and high functionality of smartphones and the accelerated adoption of electric vehicles, linear servo motors and linear stages are increasingly in demand. Used in equipment for manufacturing products such as semiconductors, flat-panel displays and lithium-ion batteries, they achieve increased productivity and precision. This aligns with Mitsubishi Electric's servo systems.

Through this investment the company aims to accelerate its advancement of e-F@ctory and strengthen its total industrial automation solutions by combining its own servo systems and other industrial automation products with Akribis' wide product lineup.

> [post_excerpt] =>

Mitsubishi Electric Corporation has taken an equity stake in Akribis Systems Pte Ltd (Akribis), a Singapore-based manufacturer of linear servo motors and linear stages, to strengthen its industrial automation solutions for the global market. [post_date_gmt] => 2019-08-12 10:36:34 [post_date] => 2019-08-12 10:36:34 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-08-12 10:36:34 [post_modified] => 2019-08-12 10:36:34 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => CEE-172306 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178670 image/jpeg ) [syndication_source] => Control Engineering Europe - All Articles [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_source_id] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed_id] => 17 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/rss/article/172306/Mitsubishi-Electric-invests-in-servo-motors-and-linear-stages.aspx [syndication_item_hash] => 231f0f573c77de5448a49523b4047890 [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )


Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /homepages/41/d79740523/htdocs/converternews/wp-content/plugins/feedwordpress/syndicatedpost.class.php on line 708

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Robots need to understand more

Array ( [post_title] => Robots need to understand more [post_content] =>

Robots need to understand more

Robots need to know the reason why they are doing a job if they are to effectively and safely work alongside people in the near future. In simple terms, this means machines need to understand motive the way humans do, and not just perform tasks blindly, without context.

According to a new article by the National Centre for Nuclear Robotics, based at the University of Birmingham, this could herald a profound change for the world of robotics, but one that is necessary. 
 
Lead author Dr. Valerio Ortenzi, at the University of Birmingham argues the shift in thinking will be necessary as economies embrace automation, connectivity and digitisation and levels of human-robot interaction increase dramatically. 
 
The paper, published in Nature Machine Intelligence, explores the issue of robots using objects. ‘Grasping’ is an action perfected long ago in nature but one which represents the cutting-edge of robotics research. 
 
Most factory-based machines are ‘dumb’, blindly picking up familiar objects that appear in pre-determined places at just the right moment.  Getting a machine to pick up unfamiliar objects, randomly presented, requires the seamless interaction of multiple, complex technologies. These include vision systems and advanced AI so the machine can see the target and determine its properties (for example, is it rigid or flexible?); and potentially, sensors in the gripper are required so the robot does not inadvertently crush an object it has been told to pick up.
 
Even when all this is accomplished, researchers in the National Centre for Nuclear Robotics highlighted a fundamental issue: what has traditionally counted as a ‘successful’ grasp for a robot might actually be a real-world failure, because the machine does not take into account what the goal is and why it is picking an object up. 
 
The  paper cites the example of a robot in a factory picking up an object for delivery to a customer. It successfully executes the task, holding the package securely without causing damage. Unfortunately, the robot’s gripper obscures a crucial barcode, which means the object cannot be tracked and the firm has no idea if the item has been picked up or not; the whole delivery system breaks down because the robot does not know the consequences of holding a box the wrong way. 
 
Dr. Ortenzi and his co-authors give other examples, involving robots working alongside people. “Imagine asking a robot to pass you a screwdriver in a workshop. Based on current conventions the best way for a robot to pick up the tool is by the handle. Unfortunately, that could mean that a hugely powerful machine then thrusts a potentially lethal blade towards you, at speed. Instead, the robot needs to know what the end goal is, i.e., to pass the screwdriver safely to its human colleague, in order to rethink its actions. 
 
“Another scenario envisages a robot passing a glass of water to a resident in a care home. It must ensure that it doesn’t drop the glass but also that water doesn’t spill over the recipient during the act of passing, or that the glass is presented in such a way that the person can take hold of it. 
 
“What is obvious to humans has to be programmed into a machine and this requires a profoundly different approach. The traditional metrics used by researchers, over the past twenty years, to assess robotic manipulation, are not sufficient. In the most practical sense, robots need a new philosophy to get a grip.”
 
Professor Rustam Stolkin, NCNR Director, said, “National Centre for Nuclear Robotics is unique in working on practical problems with industry, while simultaneously generating the highest calibre of cutting-edge academic research – exemplified by this landmark paper.”
 
The research was carried out in collaboration with the Centre of Excellence for Robotic Vision at Queensland University of Technology, Australia, Scuola Superiore Sant’Anna, Italy, the German Aerospace Center (DLR), Germany, and the University of Pisa, Italy.

> [post_excerpt] =>

Robots need to know the reason why they are doing a job if they are to effectively and safely work alongside people in the near future. In simple terms, this means machines need to understand motive the way humans do, and not just perform tasks blindly, without context. [post_date_gmt] => 2019-08-12 10:35:12 [post_date] => 2019-08-12 10:35:12 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-08-12 10:35:12 [post_modified] => 2019-08-12 10:35:12 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => CEE-172305 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178669 image/jpeg ) [syndication_source] => Control Engineering Europe - All Articles [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_source_id] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed_id] => 17 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/rss/article/172305/Robots-need-to-understand-more.aspx [syndication_item_hash] => 523d9133144dd60adc86d755fb24a92b ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

No image matches

Array ( )

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178669 image/jpeg ) [syndication_source] => Control Engineering Europe - All Articles [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_source_id] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed_id] => 17 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/rss/article/172305/Robots-need-to-understand-more.aspx [syndication_item_hash] => 523d9133144dd60adc86d755fb24a92b )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178669 image/jpeg )

No match on global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178669 image/jpeg

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Robots need to understand more

Array ( [post_title] => Robots need to understand more [post_content] =>

Robots need to understand more

Robots need to know the reason why they are doing a job if they are to effectively and safely work alongside people in the near future. In simple terms, this means machines need to understand motive the way humans do, and not just perform tasks blindly, without context.

According to a new article by the National Centre for Nuclear Robotics, based at the University of Birmingham, this could herald a profound change for the world of robotics, but one that is necessary. 
 
Lead author Dr. Valerio Ortenzi, at the University of Birmingham argues the shift in thinking will be necessary as economies embrace automation, connectivity and digitisation and levels of human-robot interaction increase dramatically. 
 
The paper, published in Nature Machine Intelligence, explores the issue of robots using objects. ‘Grasping’ is an action perfected long ago in nature but one which represents the cutting-edge of robotics research. 
 
Most factory-based machines are ‘dumb’, blindly picking up familiar objects that appear in pre-determined places at just the right moment.  Getting a machine to pick up unfamiliar objects, randomly presented, requires the seamless interaction of multiple, complex technologies. These include vision systems and advanced AI so the machine can see the target and determine its properties (for example, is it rigid or flexible?); and potentially, sensors in the gripper are required so the robot does not inadvertently crush an object it has been told to pick up.
 
Even when all this is accomplished, researchers in the National Centre for Nuclear Robotics highlighted a fundamental issue: what has traditionally counted as a ‘successful’ grasp for a robot might actually be a real-world failure, because the machine does not take into account what the goal is and why it is picking an object up. 
 
The  paper cites the example of a robot in a factory picking up an object for delivery to a customer. It successfully executes the task, holding the package securely without causing damage. Unfortunately, the robot’s gripper obscures a crucial barcode, which means the object cannot be tracked and the firm has no idea if the item has been picked up or not; the whole delivery system breaks down because the robot does not know the consequences of holding a box the wrong way. 
 
Dr. Ortenzi and his co-authors give other examples, involving robots working alongside people. “Imagine asking a robot to pass you a screwdriver in a workshop. Based on current conventions the best way for a robot to pick up the tool is by the handle. Unfortunately, that could mean that a hugely powerful machine then thrusts a potentially lethal blade towards you, at speed. Instead, the robot needs to know what the end goal is, i.e., to pass the screwdriver safely to its human colleague, in order to rethink its actions. 
 
“Another scenario envisages a robot passing a glass of water to a resident in a care home. It must ensure that it doesn’t drop the glass but also that water doesn’t spill over the recipient during the act of passing, or that the glass is presented in such a way that the person can take hold of it. 
 
“What is obvious to humans has to be programmed into a machine and this requires a profoundly different approach. The traditional metrics used by researchers, over the past twenty years, to assess robotic manipulation, are not sufficient. In the most practical sense, robots need a new philosophy to get a grip.”
 
Professor Rustam Stolkin, NCNR Director, said, “National Centre for Nuclear Robotics is unique in working on practical problems with industry, while simultaneously generating the highest calibre of cutting-edge academic research – exemplified by this landmark paper.”
 
The research was carried out in collaboration with the Centre of Excellence for Robotic Vision at Queensland University of Technology, Australia, Scuola Superiore Sant’Anna, Italy, the German Aerospace Center (DLR), Germany, and the University of Pisa, Italy.

> [post_excerpt] =>

Robots need to know the reason why they are doing a job if they are to effectively and safely work alongside people in the near future. In simple terms, this means machines need to understand motive the way humans do, and not just perform tasks blindly, without context. [post_date_gmt] => 2019-08-12 10:35:12 [post_date] => 2019-08-12 10:35:12 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-08-12 10:35:12 [post_modified] => 2019-08-12 10:35:12 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => CEE-172305 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178669 image/jpeg ) [syndication_source] => Control Engineering Europe - All Articles [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_source_id] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed_id] => 17 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/rss/article/172305/Robots-need-to-understand-more.aspx [syndication_item_hash] => 523d9133144dd60adc86d755fb24a92b [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )


Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /homepages/41/d79740523/htdocs/converternews/wp-content/plugins/feedwordpress/syndicatedpost.class.php on line 708

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Electric actuators supplied to Korean fuel cell power plant

Array ( [post_title] => Electric actuators supplied to Korean fuel cell power plant [post_content] =>

Electric actuators supplied to Korean fuel cell power plant

Rotork linear actuators have been selected to control the flow of hydrogen gas at a fuel cell power plant in South Korea.

More than 90 CVL linear electric actuators and 184 ExMax quarter-turn electric actuators are to be installed on US fuel cell technology company Doosan Fuel Cell’s project at a Hanhwa Total Co. Ltd plant in Daesan.

The actuators will operate globe and ball valves which control the flow of hydrogen gas in fuel cells at the site. Each fuel cell will include two CVL actuators and four ExMax actuators.

A fuel cell is a generator which creates electricity and heat through the electrochemical reaction of hydrogen and oxygen. It has no transmission or distribution costs so can reduce energy costs by more than 25%. It is also able to operate 365 days a year and provides renewable energy which can be adjusted on-off depending on a customer’s requirements. 

The CVL includes an explosion-proof feature, which was key in this customer specifying the product, while the ExMax includes a fast spring return function which will also improve the failsafe efficiency and accuracy of the operation.

Rotork’s CVL actuators use a 1-phase or DC power supply to provide highly accurate and responsive continuous modulation of control valves without the complexity and cost of a pneumatic supply.

The CVL is said to ensure accurate flow control with resolution figures better than 0.1% and repeatable positional control using a 4-20 mA signal. It features a thrust range of 890 N to 22,241 N. With an on-board data logger included as standard, the CVL is Bluetooth compatible for local setup, control and diagnostics.

The lightweight ExMax actuator uses a 24-240 VAC/VDC power supply and provides a torque range of 5 to 150 Nm and can operate in temperatures ranging from -40 to +50°C. It also provides ingress protection to IP68 standards and is ATEX explosion-proof certified.

> [post_excerpt] =>

Rotork linear actuators have been selected to control the flow of hydrogen gas at a fuel cell power plant in South Korea. [post_date_gmt] => 2019-08-12 10:27:25 [post_date] => 2019-08-12 10:27:25 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-08-12 10:27:25 [post_modified] => 2019-08-12 10:27:25 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => CEE-172304 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178668 image/jpeg ) [syndication_source] => Control Engineering Europe - All Articles [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_source_id] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed_id] => 17 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/rss/article/172304/Electric-actuators-supplied-to-Korean-fuel-cell-power-plant.aspx [syndication_item_hash] => 12a65c43e9ad2a297b0a398f13d009d2 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

No image matches

Array ( )

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178668 image/jpeg ) [syndication_source] => Control Engineering Europe - All Articles [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_source_id] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed_id] => 17 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/rss/article/172304/Electric-actuators-supplied-to-Korean-fuel-cell-power-plant.aspx [syndication_item_hash] => 12a65c43e9ad2a297b0a398f13d009d2 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178668 image/jpeg )

No match on global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178668 image/jpeg

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Electric actuators supplied to Korean fuel cell power plant

Array ( [post_title] => Electric actuators supplied to Korean fuel cell power plant [post_content] =>

Electric actuators supplied to Korean fuel cell power plant

Rotork linear actuators have been selected to control the flow of hydrogen gas at a fuel cell power plant in South Korea.

More than 90 CVL linear electric actuators and 184 ExMax quarter-turn electric actuators are to be installed on US fuel cell technology company Doosan Fuel Cell’s project at a Hanhwa Total Co. Ltd plant in Daesan.

The actuators will operate globe and ball valves which control the flow of hydrogen gas in fuel cells at the site. Each fuel cell will include two CVL actuators and four ExMax actuators.

A fuel cell is a generator which creates electricity and heat through the electrochemical reaction of hydrogen and oxygen. It has no transmission or distribution costs so can reduce energy costs by more than 25%. It is also able to operate 365 days a year and provides renewable energy which can be adjusted on-off depending on a customer’s requirements. 

The CVL includes an explosion-proof feature, which was key in this customer specifying the product, while the ExMax includes a fast spring return function which will also improve the failsafe efficiency and accuracy of the operation.

Rotork’s CVL actuators use a 1-phase or DC power supply to provide highly accurate and responsive continuous modulation of control valves without the complexity and cost of a pneumatic supply.

The CVL is said to ensure accurate flow control with resolution figures better than 0.1% and repeatable positional control using a 4-20 mA signal. It features a thrust range of 890 N to 22,241 N. With an on-board data logger included as standard, the CVL is Bluetooth compatible for local setup, control and diagnostics.

The lightweight ExMax actuator uses a 24-240 VAC/VDC power supply and provides a torque range of 5 to 150 Nm and can operate in temperatures ranging from -40 to +50°C. It also provides ingress protection to IP68 standards and is ATEX explosion-proof certified.

> [post_excerpt] =>

Rotork linear actuators have been selected to control the flow of hydrogen gas at a fuel cell power plant in South Korea. [post_date_gmt] => 2019-08-12 10:27:25 [post_date] => 2019-08-12 10:27:25 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-08-12 10:27:25 [post_modified] => 2019-08-12 10:27:25 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => CEE-172304 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178668 image/jpeg ) [syndication_source] => Control Engineering Europe - All Articles [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_source_id] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed_id] => 17 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/rss/article/172304/Electric-actuators-supplied-to-Korean-fuel-cell-power-plant.aspx [syndication_item_hash] => 12a65c43e9ad2a297b0a398f13d009d2 [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )


Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /homepages/41/d79740523/htdocs/converternews/wp-content/plugins/feedwordpress/syndicatedpost.class.php on line 708

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

DMM identifies thermal overloads from a distance

Array ( [post_title] => DMM identifies thermal overloads from a distance [post_content] =>

DMM identifies thermal overloads from a distance

RS Components has introduced the first digital multimeter (DMM) in its RS PRO product range to feature a built-in thermal imager.

The RS-9889 thermal imaging multimeter allows engineers to identify thermal overload issues in electrical equipment from a safe distance, without the need for any physical contact.

The all-in-one handheld device is suitable for a wide variety of applications, ranging from smart manufacturing in the industrial automation sector, to general electrical tasks such as testing sockets and lighting during business safety audits and home renovations.

It combines features of a digital multimeter — measuring circuit parameters such as voltages, currents and resistances — with an infrared thermal imaging camera to allow hot and cool points in electrical components to be identified on a viewable thermogram.

The thermal imager offers max, min and centre crosshair targeting to help the user identify and measure required temperature ranges easily. A Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) connection allows thermal images to be shared quickly to other devices. 

> [post_excerpt] =>

RS Components has introduced the first digital multimeter (DMM) in its RS PRO product range to feature a built-in thermal imager. [post_date_gmt] => 2019-08-12 10:23:31 [post_date] => 2019-08-12 10:23:31 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-08-12 10:23:31 [post_modified] => 2019-08-12 10:23:31 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => CEE-172303 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178667 image/jpeg ) [syndication_source] => Control Engineering Europe - All Articles [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_source_id] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed_id] => 17 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/rss/article/172303/DMM-identifies-thermal-overloads-from-a-distance.aspx [syndication_item_hash] => e087b2a941cb2966ae36ea051edfdce8 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

No image matches

Array ( )

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178667 image/jpeg ) [syndication_source] => Control Engineering Europe - All Articles [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_source_id] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed_id] => 17 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/rss/article/172303/DMM-identifies-thermal-overloads-from-a-distance.aspx [syndication_item_hash] => e087b2a941cb2966ae36ea051edfdce8 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178667 image/jpeg )

No match on global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178667 image/jpeg

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :DMM identifies thermal overloads from a distance

Array ( [post_title] => DMM identifies thermal overloads from a distance [post_content] =>

DMM identifies thermal overloads from a distance

RS Components has introduced the first digital multimeter (DMM) in its RS PRO product range to feature a built-in thermal imager.

The RS-9889 thermal imaging multimeter allows engineers to identify thermal overload issues in electrical equipment from a safe distance, without the need for any physical contact.

The all-in-one handheld device is suitable for a wide variety of applications, ranging from smart manufacturing in the industrial automation sector, to general electrical tasks such as testing sockets and lighting during business safety audits and home renovations.

It combines features of a digital multimeter — measuring circuit parameters such as voltages, currents and resistances — with an infrared thermal imaging camera to allow hot and cool points in electrical components to be identified on a viewable thermogram.

The thermal imager offers max, min and centre crosshair targeting to help the user identify and measure required temperature ranges easily. A Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) connection allows thermal images to be shared quickly to other devices. 

> [post_excerpt] =>

RS Components has introduced the first digital multimeter (DMM) in its RS PRO product range to feature a built-in thermal imager. [post_date_gmt] => 2019-08-12 10:23:31 [post_date] => 2019-08-12 10:23:31 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-08-12 10:23:31 [post_modified] => 2019-08-12 10:23:31 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => CEE-172303 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => global/showimage.ashx?Type=Article&ID=178667 image/jpeg ) [syndication_source] => Control Engineering Europe - All Articles [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_source_id] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed] => http://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/all.ashx [syndication_feed_id] => 17 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.controlengeurope.com/rss/rss/article/172303/DMM-identifies-thermal-overloads-from-a-distance.aspx [syndication_item_hash] => e087b2a941cb2966ae36ea051edfdce8 [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )


Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /homepages/41/d79740523/htdocs/converternews/wp-content/plugins/feedwordpress/syndicatedlink.class.php on line 302

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Extended Content Labels

Array ( [post_title] => Extended Content Labels [post_content] =>

Extended Content

Expanding Your Label

If you are looking to fit a lot of information into your label and are worried about not having enough space, then maybe extended content labels are right for you. Choosing to have an extended content label gives you more room without having to change the size of your label or packaging. You can fit more information is the same amount of space or even less by layering the information into a multi-page label.

Extended Content Label eliminates having to create a second label. It also prevents you from having to downsize your artwork to make all the information fit within the label size you want. Having an extended content label on your product allows brand owners to have more flexibility with their products. Extended content labels can make your product stand out from your competition. It also opens the door for more design and creative capabilities to make your product more attractive.

Markets

Extended Content Labels can be used for any type of product. Most of the time extended content labels can be associated as being instructional labels or safety precautionary labels. Extended content labels can also be used for industries such as environmental, medical, automotive, health, beauty, food, beverage, retail, software, promotional, industrial and durable.   

Extended content label can include conditions of sales, limitations of liability, warranty, regulatory standards, nutritional information or ingredients. Having a multi-page label can keep your product appealing on the shelve while included all the information that your label requires.

Options

Whitlam offers many different solutions for extended content labels. Some options we offer are Piggyback, for single uses, or Triple Fold which can be either 8 panels or 24 panels. Choosing the right solution for your product depends on the substrate and design of your label.

Along with the different fold solutions we also offer printing options such as 12 color print,special adhesive, two-sided printing, barcodes, variable data, holograms and tamper-evident options. We also offer peal off removable options and re-sealable ability. 

The post Extended Content Labels appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

Expanding Your Label If you are looking to fit a lot of information into your label and are worried about not having enough space, then maybe extended content labels are right for you. Choosing to have an extended content label …

The post Extended Content Labels appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2019-08-14 12:30:44 [post_date] => 2019-08-14 12:30:44 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-08-14 12:30:44 [post_modified] => 2019-08-14 12:30:44 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=8723 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/extended-content-labels/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/extended-content-labels/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/extended-content-labels/ [syndication_item_hash] => 5b23632034475e8afec36b03fca49170 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 252 [1] => 14 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1108 [1] => 1023 [2] => 4054 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/Extended-Content-1024x680.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/Extended-Content-1024x680.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : Extended Content - Extended Content ON

Extended Content

Expanding Your Label

If you are looking to fit a lot of information into your label and are worried about not having enough space, then maybe extended content labels are right for you. Choosing to have an extended content label gives you more room without having to change the size of your label or packaging. You can fit more information is the same amount of space or even less by layering the information into a multi-page label.

Extended Content Label eliminates having to create a second label. It also prevents you from having to downsize your artwork to make all the information fit within the label size you want. Having an extended content label on your product allows brand owners to have more flexibility with their products. Extended content labels can make your product stand out from your competition. It also opens the door for more design and creative capabilities to make your product more attractive.

Markets

Extended Content Labels can be used for any type of product. Most of the time extended content labels can be associated as being instructional labels or safety precautionary labels. Extended content labels can also be used for industries such as environmental, medical, automotive, health, beauty, food, beverage, retail, software, promotional, industrial and durable.   

Extended content label can include conditions of sales, limitations of liability, warranty, regulatory standards, nutritional information or ingredients. Having a multi-page label can keep your product appealing on the shelve while included all the information that your label requires.

Options

Whitlam offers many different solutions for extended content labels. Some options we offer are Piggyback, for single uses, or Triple Fold which can be either 8 panels or 24 panels. Choosing the right solution for your product depends on the substrate and design of your label.

Along with the different fold solutions we also offer printing options such as 12 color print,special adhesive, two-sided printing, barcodes, variable data, holograms and tamper-evident options. We also offer peal off removable options and re-sealable ability. 

The post Extended Content Labels appeared first on Whitlam Group.

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/extended-content-labels/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/extended-content-labels/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/extended-content-labels/ [syndication_item_hash] => 5b23632034475e8afec36b03fca49170 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Extended Content Labels

Array ( [post_title] => Extended Content Labels [post_content] =>

Extended Content Labels

Expanding Your Label

If you are looking to fit a lot of information into your label and are worried about not having enough space, then maybe extended content labels are right for you. Choosing to have an extended content label gives you more room without having to change the size of your label or packaging. You can fit more information is the same amount of space or even less by layering the information into a multi-page label.

Extended Content Label eliminates having to create a second label. It also prevents you from having to downsize your artwork to make all the information fit within the label size you want. Having an extended content label on your product allows brand owners to have more flexibility with their products. Extended content labels can make your product stand out from your competition. It also opens the door for more design and creative capabilities to make your product more attractive.

Markets

Extended Content Labels can be used for any type of product. Most of the time extended content labels can be associated as being instructional labels or safety precautionary labels. Extended content labels can also be used for industries such as environmental, medical, automotive, health, beauty, food, beverage, retail, software, promotional, industrial and durable.   

Extended content label can include conditions of sales, limitations of liability, warranty, regulatory standards, nutritional information or ingredients. Having a multi-page label can keep your product appealing on the shelve while included all the information that your label requires.

Options

Whitlam offers many different solutions for extended content labels. Some options we offer are Piggyback, for single uses, or Triple Fold which can be either 8 panels or 24 panels. Choosing the right solution for your product depends on the substrate and design of your label.

Along with the different fold solutions we also offer printing options such as 12 color print,special adhesive, two-sided printing, barcodes, variable data, holograms and tamper-evident options. We also offer peal off removable options and re-sealable ability. 

The post Extended Content Labels appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

Expanding Your Label If you are looking to fit a lot of information into your label and are worried about not having enough space, then maybe extended content labels are right for you. Choosing to have an extended content label …

The post Extended Content Labels appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2019-08-14 12:30:44 [post_date] => 2019-08-14 12:30:44 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-08-14 12:30:44 [post_modified] => 2019-08-14 12:30:44 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=8723 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/extended-content-labels/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/extended-content-labels/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/extended-content-labels/ [syndication_item_hash] => 5b23632034475e8afec36b03fca49170 [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 252 [1] => 14 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1108 [1] => 1023 [2] => 4054 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Labels for Returnable & Reusable Packaging/Shipping Containers

Array ( [post_title] => Labels for Returnable & Reusable Packaging/Shipping Containers [post_content] =>

Cell Sequence Labels

What are Returnable & Reusable Packaging/Shipping Containers?

In today’s world recycling is very important. Many companies are trying to find new ways to protect the environment by reusing and recycling products or materials. Some companies have been doing this by using returnable and reusable packaging and shipping containers.

These containers are made from different materials depending on the product that will be being shipped in them to ensure quality, durability and safety. They can be split into sections to ship multiple parts in the same shipping containers and are separated by walls that are sometimes adjustable.

Cell Sequence Labels in use

Uses

Sometimes these shipping containers can also be used for sequencing racks. Using the same container for a sequencing rack and shipping container can be very cost efficient. In the automotive industry these containers can be used for shipping products such as engines or car doors from supplier to assembly plants. Once the parts that are shipped in a container are taken out and used then the container can be sent back to the supplier to be re-used for the next shipment.

Some of the industries that these are used in are industrial, farming, manufacturing, distributing, warehousing, consumer goods and logistics organizations.

Labeling

At Whitlam Group we do supply labels to help define and separate each compartment in these containers. We call these labels Cell Sequencing labels or Rack labels. These cell/rack labels are variable meaning each cell/rack in a container has a separate number and barcode on them. This will allow you to identify each part individually.

With our in-house lab capabilities, we can test these labels to ensure they will be durable on any type of container. We have various substrates and are able to find the adhesive and material combinations that will be right for you.

Whitlam Group strives to protect the environment and creating labels to help companies be able to label their parts in order to use these reusable/returnable containers is something we take pride in.

The post Labels for Returnable & Reusable Packaging/Shipping Containers appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

What are Returnable & Reusable Packaging/Shipping Containers? In today’s world recycling is very important. Many companies are trying to find new ways to protect the environment by reusing and recycling products or materials. Some companies have been doing this by …

The post Labels for Returnable & Reusable Packaging/Shipping Containers appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2019-08-07 12:00:51 [post_date] => 2019-08-07 12:00:51 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-08-07 12:00:51 [post_modified] => 2019-08-07 12:00:51 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=8719 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/labels-for-returnable-reusable-packaging-shipping-containers/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/labels-for-returnable-reusable-packaging-shipping-containers/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/labels-for-returnable-reusable-packaging-shipping-containers/ [syndication_item_hash] => 3c5ce41e82307c46f3a2810c9df84202 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 10054 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/IMG_2064-1024x683.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/IMG_2064-1024x683.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : Cell Sequence Labels - Cell Sequence Labels ON

Cell Sequence Labels

What are Returnable & Reusable Packaging/Shipping Containers?

In today’s world recycling is very important. Many companies are trying to find new ways to protect the environment by reusing and recycling products or materials. Some companies have been doing this by using returnable and reusable packaging and shipping containers.

These containers are made from different materials depending on the product that will be being shipped in them to ensure quality, durability and safety. They can be split into sections to ship multiple parts in the same shipping containers and are separated by walls that are sometimes adjustable.

Cell Sequence Labels in use

Uses

Sometimes these shipping containers can also be used for sequencing racks. Using the same container for a sequencing rack and shipping container can be very cost efficient. In the automotive industry these containers can be used for shipping products such as engines or car doors from supplier to assembly plants. Once the parts that are shipped in a container are taken out and used then the container can be sent back to the supplier to be re-used for the next shipment.

Some of the industries that these are used in are industrial, farming, manufacturing, distributing, warehousing, consumer goods and logistics organizations.

Labeling

At Whitlam Group we do supply labels to help define and separate each compartment in these containers. We call these labels Cell Sequencing labels or Rack labels. These cell/rack labels are variable meaning each cell/rack in a container has a separate number and barcode on them. This will allow you to identify each part individually.

With our in-house lab capabilities, we can test these labels to ensure they will be durable on any type of container. We have various substrates and are able to find the adhesive and material combinations that will be right for you.

Whitlam Group strives to protect the environment and creating labels to help companies be able to label their parts in order to use these reusable/returnable containers is something we take pride in.

The post Labels for Returnable & Reusable Packaging/Shipping Containers appeared first on Whitlam Group.

Local save:https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/Cell-Sequence-Labels-in-use-1024x594.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/Cell-Sequence-Labels-in-use-1024x594.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : Cell Sequence Labels in use - Cell Sequence Labels in use ON

Labels for Returnable & Reusable Packaging/Shipping Containers

What are Returnable & Reusable Packaging/Shipping Containers?

In today’s world recycling is very important. Many companies are trying to find new ways to protect the environment by reusing and recycling products or materials. Some companies have been doing this by using returnable and reusable packaging and shipping containers.

These containers are made from different materials depending on the product that will be being shipped in them to ensure quality, durability and safety. They can be split into sections to ship multiple parts in the same shipping containers and are separated by walls that are sometimes adjustable.

Cell Sequence Labels in use

Uses

Sometimes these shipping containers can also be used for sequencing racks. Using the same container for a sequencing rack and shipping container can be very cost efficient. In the automotive industry these containers can be used for shipping products such as engines or car doors from supplier to assembly plants. Once the parts that are shipped in a container are taken out and used then the container can be sent back to the supplier to be re-used for the next shipment.

Some of the industries that these are used in are industrial, farming, manufacturing, distributing, warehousing, consumer goods and logistics organizations.

Labeling

At Whitlam Group we do supply labels to help define and separate each compartment in these containers. We call these labels Cell Sequencing labels or Rack labels. These cell/rack labels are variable meaning each cell/rack in a container has a separate number and barcode on them. This will allow you to identify each part individually.

With our in-house lab capabilities, we can test these labels to ensure they will be durable on any type of container. We have various substrates and are able to find the adhesive and material combinations that will be right for you.

Whitlam Group strives to protect the environment and creating labels to help companies be able to label their parts in order to use these reusable/returnable containers is something we take pride in.

The post Labels for Returnable & Reusable Packaging/Shipping Containers appeared first on Whitlam Group.

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/labels-for-returnable-reusable-packaging-shipping-containers/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/labels-for-returnable-reusable-packaging-shipping-containers/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/labels-for-returnable-reusable-packaging-shipping-containers/ [syndication_item_hash] => 3c5ce41e82307c46f3a2810c9df84202 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Labels for Returnable & Reusable Packaging/Shipping Containers

Array ( [post_title] => Labels for Returnable & Reusable Packaging/Shipping Containers [post_content] =>

Labels for Returnable & Reusable Packaging/Shipping Containers

What are Returnable & Reusable Packaging/Shipping Containers?

In today’s world recycling is very important. Many companies are trying to find new ways to protect the environment by reusing and recycling products or materials. Some companies have been doing this by using returnable and reusable packaging and shipping containers.

These containers are made from different materials depending on the product that will be being shipped in them to ensure quality, durability and safety. They can be split into sections to ship multiple parts in the same shipping containers and are separated by walls that are sometimes adjustable.

Labels for Returnable & Reusable Packaging/Shipping Containers

Uses

Sometimes these shipping containers can also be used for sequencing racks. Using the same container for a sequencing rack and shipping container can be very cost efficient. In the automotive industry these containers can be used for shipping products such as engines or car doors from supplier to assembly plants. Once the parts that are shipped in a container are taken out and used then the container can be sent back to the supplier to be re-used for the next shipment.

Some of the industries that these are used in are industrial, farming, manufacturing, distributing, warehousing, consumer goods and logistics organizations.

Labeling

At Whitlam Group we do supply labels to help define and separate each compartment in these containers. We call these labels Cell Sequencing labels or Rack labels. These cell/rack labels are variable meaning each cell/rack in a container has a separate number and barcode on them. This will allow you to identify each part individually.

With our in-house lab capabilities, we can test these labels to ensure they will be durable on any type of container. We have various substrates and are able to find the adhesive and material combinations that will be right for you.

Whitlam Group strives to protect the environment and creating labels to help companies be able to label their parts in order to use these reusable/returnable containers is something we take pride in.

The post Labels for Returnable & Reusable Packaging/Shipping Containers appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

What are Returnable & Reusable Packaging/Shipping Containers? In today’s world recycling is very important. Many companies are trying to find new ways to protect the environment by reusing and recycling products or materials. Some companies have been doing this by …

The post Labels for Returnable & Reusable Packaging/Shipping Containers appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2019-08-07 12:00:51 [post_date] => 2019-08-07 12:00:51 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-08-07 12:00:51 [post_modified] => 2019-08-07 12:00:51 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=8719 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/labels-for-returnable-reusable-packaging-shipping-containers/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/labels-for-returnable-reusable-packaging-shipping-containers/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/labels-for-returnable-reusable-packaging-shipping-containers/ [syndication_item_hash] => 3c5ce41e82307c46f3a2810c9df84202 [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0,0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 10054 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Whitlam Welcomes New Marketing Coordinator!

Array ( [post_title] => Whitlam Welcomes New Marketing Coordinator! [post_content] =>

Katelyn Breton takes on the roll of Lead Graphic Technician / Marketing Coordinator

Marketing Coordinator

Katelyn Breton joined the Whitlam Team in 2016 as a Graphic Technician. At the time she had just graduated from Macomb Community College with her Design and Layout Associates Degree.

Katelyn continued her education while working at Whitlam and in 2017 graduated from Rochester College with a bachelor’s degree in Mass Communications. At this time Katelyn was promoted to Lead Graphic Technician in our graphics department where she continued to grow and prosper with Whitlam Group.

Whitlam’s Graphics Supervisor stated that Katelyn “has a wonderful energy, drive and is a real go-getter.”

Whitlam is proud to announce that Katelyn continues to grow with Whitlam and has accepted her new position as Lead Graphic Technician / Marketing Coordinator.

Congratulations Katelyn!

 

The post Whitlam Welcomes New Marketing Coordinator! appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

Katelyn Breton takes on the roll of Lead Graphic Technician / Marketing Coordinator Katelyn Breton joined the Whitlam Team in 2016 as a Graphic Technician. At the time she had just graduated from Macomb Community College with her Design and …

The post Whitlam Welcomes New Marketing Coordinator! appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2019-07-26 13:00:23 [post_date] => 2019-07-26 13:00:23 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-07-26 13:00:23 [post_modified] => 2019-07-26 13:00:23 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=8707 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/whitlam-welcomes-new-marketing-coordinator/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/whitlam-welcomes-new-marketing-coordinator/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/whitlam-welcomes-new-marketing-coordinator/ [syndication_item_hash] => 47aaa1a9743618cc722dd97fc3aa81f5 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 10054 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/07/kbreton-edit-1-1024x830.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/07/kbreton-edit-1-1024x830.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : Marketing Coordinator - Marketing Coordinator ON

Katelyn Breton takes on the roll of Lead Graphic Technician / Marketing Coordinator

Marketing Coordinator

Katelyn Breton joined the Whitlam Team in 2016 as a Graphic Technician. At the time she had just graduated from Macomb Community College with her Design and Layout Associates Degree.

Katelyn continued her education while working at Whitlam and in 2017 graduated from Rochester College with a bachelor’s degree in Mass Communications. At this time Katelyn was promoted to Lead Graphic Technician in our graphics department where she continued to grow and prosper with Whitlam Group.

Whitlam’s Graphics Supervisor stated that Katelyn “has a wonderful energy, drive and is a real go-getter.”

Whitlam is proud to announce that Katelyn continues to grow with Whitlam and has accepted her new position as Lead Graphic Technician / Marketing Coordinator.

Congratulations Katelyn!

 

The post Whitlam Welcomes New Marketing Coordinator! appeared first on Whitlam Group.

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/whitlam-welcomes-new-marketing-coordinator/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/whitlam-welcomes-new-marketing-coordinator/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/whitlam-welcomes-new-marketing-coordinator/ [syndication_item_hash] => 47aaa1a9743618cc722dd97fc3aa81f5 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Whitlam Welcomes New Marketing Coordinator!

Array ( [post_title] => Whitlam Welcomes New Marketing Coordinator! [post_content] =>

Katelyn Breton takes on the roll of Lead Graphic Technician / Marketing Coordinator

Whitlam Welcomes New Marketing Coordinator!

Katelyn Breton joined the Whitlam Team in 2016 as a Graphic Technician. At the time she had just graduated from Macomb Community College with her Design and Layout Associates Degree.

Katelyn continued her education while working at Whitlam and in 2017 graduated from Rochester College with a bachelor’s degree in Mass Communications. At this time Katelyn was promoted to Lead Graphic Technician in our graphics department where she continued to grow and prosper with Whitlam Group.

Whitlam’s Graphics Supervisor stated that Katelyn “has a wonderful energy, drive and is a real go-getter.”

Whitlam is proud to announce that Katelyn continues to grow with Whitlam and has accepted her new position as Lead Graphic Technician / Marketing Coordinator.

Congratulations Katelyn!

 

The post Whitlam Welcomes New Marketing Coordinator! appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

Katelyn Breton takes on the roll of Lead Graphic Technician / Marketing Coordinator Katelyn Breton joined the Whitlam Team in 2016 as a Graphic Technician. At the time she had just graduated from Macomb Community College with her Design and …

The post Whitlam Welcomes New Marketing Coordinator! appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2019-07-26 13:00:23 [post_date] => 2019-07-26 13:00:23 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-07-26 13:00:23 [post_modified] => 2019-07-26 13:00:23 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=8707 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/whitlam-welcomes-new-marketing-coordinator/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/whitlam-welcomes-new-marketing-coordinator/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/whitlam-welcomes-new-marketing-coordinator/ [syndication_item_hash] => 47aaa1a9743618cc722dd97fc3aa81f5 [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 10054 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Whitlam Group Masked Label

Array ( [post_title] => Whitlam Group Masked Label [post_content] =>

Masked Labels

Whitlam Group Masked Label

Are you in need of the perfect solution for a label with essential information that can withstand a production process?  Our mask label is made from high-performance materials that can sustain various chemicals, paint baths, harsh temperatures and environmental conditions. These high performance layers can then be peeled off to remove and uncover your essential information unharmed.

Many companies use labels to identify or track items, sub-assemblies, parts, supplies etc. during their manufacturing processes. Some manufacturing processes include harsh environments. These could be extreme temperatures, chemical baths, painting, powder-coating, electro-coating (e-coat) etc.

Protecting Your Label

One type of label the Whitlam Group offers are known as “Masked” labels. Masked labels have at least two layers. The bottom layer is printed with the information necessary to facilitate the production process. This is often an identifying barcode, 2D Matrix Code, or part number. These numbers or codes can be constant, sequential, or random. The top layer is a clear plastic material through which the printed information on the base layer is visible. If the part goes through a painting or coating process that obscures the label, the top layer (mask) can be peeled away thus exposing the information on the bottom layer of the label. This allows identification of the part during subsequent processing without having the expense or effort of applying a new label. The part maintains its identity.

Masks can also be used as installation aids for applying decorative badging. They provide consistent spacing, proper orientation, and location to reference points.

Some masks can permit application of multi-part labels. Designed appropriately for a process, these masks allow for removal of certain sections of multi-part labels at specific steps of a process and still leave other sections of the multi-part label intact for removal at later steps in the process.

When designing Masked labels, it is important to understand the process parameters the parts and labels will be subjected to during the manufacturing processes and part use. It is important that the materials and the adhesives selected are appropriate so as to perform properly. The mask must stay on the base layer of the label, but not become permanently bonded to the base layer as a result of exposure to processing conditions. It is critical the mask and the base layer be compatible with each other.

The Whitlam Group can work with your process and product experts to determine the right combination of materials to develop a Masked label for your needs.

The post Whitlam Group Masked Label appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

Masked Labels Are you in need of the perfect solution for a label with essential information that can withstand a production process?  Our mask label is made from high-performance materials that can sustain various chemicals, paint baths, harsh temperatures and …

The post Whitlam Group Masked Label appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2019-06-18 13:39:13 [post_date] => 2019-06-18 13:39:13 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-06-18 13:39:13 [post_modified] => 2019-06-18 13:39:13 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=8578 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/whitlam-group-masked-label/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/whitlam-group-masked-label/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/whitlam-group-masked-label/ [syndication_item_hash] => d7da41cb427e529196acf87c82befcca ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 10054 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/paintMaskProcess.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/paintMaskProcess.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Masked Labels

Whitlam Group Masked Label

Are you in need of the perfect solution for a label with essential information that can withstand a production process?  Our mask label is made from high-performance materials that can sustain various chemicals, paint baths, harsh temperatures and environmental conditions. These high performance layers can then be peeled off to remove and uncover your essential information unharmed.

Many companies use labels to identify or track items, sub-assemblies, parts, supplies etc. during their manufacturing processes. Some manufacturing processes include harsh environments. These could be extreme temperatures, chemical baths, painting, powder-coating, electro-coating (e-coat) etc.

Protecting Your Label

One type of label the Whitlam Group offers are known as “Masked” labels. Masked labels have at least two layers. The bottom layer is printed with the information necessary to facilitate the production process. This is often an identifying barcode, 2D Matrix Code, or part number. These numbers or codes can be constant, sequential, or random. The top layer is a clear plastic material through which the printed information on the base layer is visible. If the part goes through a painting or coating process that obscures the label, the top layer (mask) can be peeled away thus exposing the information on the bottom layer of the label. This allows identification of the part during subsequent processing without having the expense or effort of applying a new label. The part maintains its identity.

Masks can also be used as installation aids for applying decorative badging. They provide consistent spacing, proper orientation, and location to reference points.

Some masks can permit application of multi-part labels. Designed appropriately for a process, these masks allow for removal of certain sections of multi-part labels at specific steps of a process and still leave other sections of the multi-part label intact for removal at later steps in the process.

When designing Masked labels, it is important to understand the process parameters the parts and labels will be subjected to during the manufacturing processes and part use. It is important that the materials and the adhesives selected are appropriate so as to perform properly. The mask must stay on the base layer of the label, but not become permanently bonded to the base layer as a result of exposure to processing conditions. It is critical the mask and the base layer be compatible with each other.

The Whitlam Group can work with your process and product experts to determine the right combination of materials to develop a Masked label for your needs.

The post Whitlam Group Masked Label appeared first on Whitlam Group.

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/whitlam-group-masked-label/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/whitlam-group-masked-label/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/whitlam-group-masked-label/ [syndication_item_hash] => d7da41cb427e529196acf87c82befcca )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Whitlam Group Masked Label

Array ( [post_title] => Whitlam Group Masked Label [post_content] =>

Masked Labels

Whitlam Group Masked Label

Whitlam Group Masked Label

Are you in need of the perfect solution for a label with essential information that can withstand a production process?  Our mask label is made from high-performance materials that can sustain various chemicals, paint baths, harsh temperatures and environmental conditions. These high performance layers can then be peeled off to remove and uncover your essential information unharmed.

Many companies use labels to identify or track items, sub-assemblies, parts, supplies etc. during their manufacturing processes. Some manufacturing processes include harsh environments. These could be extreme temperatures, chemical baths, painting, powder-coating, electro-coating (e-coat) etc.

Protecting Your Label

One type of label the Whitlam Group offers are known as “Masked” labels. Masked labels have at least two layers. The bottom layer is printed with the information necessary to facilitate the production process. This is often an identifying barcode, 2D Matrix Code, or part number. These numbers or codes can be constant, sequential, or random. The top layer is a clear plastic material through which the printed information on the base layer is visible. If the part goes through a painting or coating process that obscures the label, the top layer (mask) can be peeled away thus exposing the information on the bottom layer of the label. This allows identification of the part during subsequent processing without having the expense or effort of applying a new label. The part maintains its identity.

Masks can also be used as installation aids for applying decorative badging. They provide consistent spacing, proper orientation, and location to reference points.

Some masks can permit application of multi-part labels. Designed appropriately for a process, these masks allow for removal of certain sections of multi-part labels at specific steps of a process and still leave other sections of the multi-part label intact for removal at later steps in the process.

When designing Masked labels, it is important to understand the process parameters the parts and labels will be subjected to during the manufacturing processes and part use. It is important that the materials and the adhesives selected are appropriate so as to perform properly. The mask must stay on the base layer of the label, but not become permanently bonded to the base layer as a result of exposure to processing conditions. It is critical the mask and the base layer be compatible with each other.

The Whitlam Group can work with your process and product experts to determine the right combination of materials to develop a Masked label for your needs.

The post Whitlam Group Masked Label appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

Masked Labels Are you in need of the perfect solution for a label with essential information that can withstand a production process?  Our mask label is made from high-performance materials that can sustain various chemicals, paint baths, harsh temperatures and …

The post Whitlam Group Masked Label appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2019-06-18 13:39:13 [post_date] => 2019-06-18 13:39:13 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-06-18 13:39:13 [post_modified] => 2019-06-18 13:39:13 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=8578 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/whitlam-group-masked-label/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/whitlam-group-masked-label/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/whitlam-group-masked-label/ [syndication_item_hash] => d7da41cb427e529196acf87c82befcca [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 10054 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Whitlam Group Receives Award from Subaru

Array ( [post_title] => Whitlam Group Receives Award from Subaru [post_content] =>

Subaru Excellence in Performance Award 

Subaru Award

Whitlam Group has received awards for “Excellence in Performance” as well as “Commodity Leader” from Subaru of Indiana Automotive (SIA). This award recognizes the achievement of SIA targets for safety, quality, cost, and delivery as well as top-scoring suppliers in the commodity category. Whitlam Group is one of only 22 suppliers that have been recognized for exceptional performance over the past year and one of only 6 companies who received two awards.

Whitlam Group is proud to provide quality products to our customers and is honored to have received these awards. We hope to continue to exceed these expectations in the future.

We are grateful to Subaru for the award and we congratulate the Whitlam Group team for the hard work that went into creating excellent products.

The post Whitlam Group Receives Award from Subaru appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

Subaru Excellence in Performance Award  Whitlam Group has received awards for “Excellence in Performance” as well as “Commodity Leader” from Subaru of Indiana Automotive (SIA). This award recognizes the achievement of SIA targets for safety, quality, cost, and delivery as …

The post Whitlam Group Receives Award from Subaru appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2019-06-13 12:19:18 [post_date] => 2019-06-13 12:19:18 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-06-13 12:19:18 [post_modified] => 2019-06-13 12:19:18 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=8567 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/whitlam-group-receives-award-from-subaru/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/whitlam-group-receives-award-from-subaru/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/whitlam-group-receives-award-from-subaru/ [syndication_item_hash] => 32d3d591d3f7531c23b8e5c53e826dd2 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 252 [1] => 4 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1551 [1] => 14769 [2] => 1645 [3] => 1643 [4] => 11049 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Whitlam-Group-Subaru-Award-300x233.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Whitlam-Group-Subaru-Award-300x233.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : Subaru Award - Subaru Award ON

Subaru Excellence in Performance Award 

Subaru Award

Whitlam Group has received awards for “Excellence in Performance” as well as “Commodity Leader” from Subaru of Indiana Automotive (SIA). This award recognizes the achievement of SIA targets for safety, quality, cost, and delivery as well as top-scoring suppliers in the commodity category. Whitlam Group is one of only 22 suppliers that have been recognized for exceptional performance over the past year and one of only 6 companies who received two awards.

Whitlam Group is proud to provide quality products to our customers and is honored to have received these awards. We hope to continue to exceed these expectations in the future.

We are grateful to Subaru for the award and we congratulate the Whitlam Group team for the hard work that went into creating excellent products.

The post Whitlam Group Receives Award from Subaru appeared first on Whitlam Group.

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/whitlam-group-receives-award-from-subaru/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/whitlam-group-receives-award-from-subaru/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/whitlam-group-receives-award-from-subaru/ [syndication_item_hash] => 32d3d591d3f7531c23b8e5c53e826dd2 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Whitlam Group Receives Award from Subaru

Array ( [post_title] => Whitlam Group Receives Award from Subaru [post_content] =>

Subaru Excellence in Performance Award 

Whitlam Group Receives Award from Subaru

Whitlam Group has received awards for “Excellence in Performance” as well as “Commodity Leader” from Subaru of Indiana Automotive (SIA). This award recognizes the achievement of SIA targets for safety, quality, cost, and delivery as well as top-scoring suppliers in the commodity category. Whitlam Group is one of only 22 suppliers that have been recognized for exceptional performance over the past year and one of only 6 companies who received two awards.

Whitlam Group is proud to provide quality products to our customers and is honored to have received these awards. We hope to continue to exceed these expectations in the future.

We are grateful to Subaru for the award and we congratulate the Whitlam Group team for the hard work that went into creating excellent products.

The post Whitlam Group Receives Award from Subaru appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

Subaru Excellence in Performance Award  Whitlam Group has received awards for “Excellence in Performance” as well as “Commodity Leader” from Subaru of Indiana Automotive (SIA). This award recognizes the achievement of SIA targets for safety, quality, cost, and delivery as …

The post Whitlam Group Receives Award from Subaru appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2019-06-13 12:19:18 [post_date] => 2019-06-13 12:19:18 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-06-13 12:19:18 [post_modified] => 2019-06-13 12:19:18 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=8567 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/whitlam-group-receives-award-from-subaru/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/whitlam-group-receives-award-from-subaru/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/whitlam-group-receives-award-from-subaru/ [syndication_item_hash] => 32d3d591d3f7531c23b8e5c53e826dd2 [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 252 [1] => 4 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1551 [1] => 14769 [2] => 1645 [3] => 1643 [4] => 11049 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Subsurface Printing

Array ( [post_title] => Subsurface Printing [post_content] =>

Subsurface Graphics

Many labels are used in very challenging environments and need to be durable enough to last the lifetime of the product.

Labels used for automotive and durable applications are two specific markets that require durability and longevity in their labels. These labels may be exposed to extreme heat, cold, moisture, chemicals, abrasion, weather, etc. One of the printing methods used by Whitlam Group to create durable labels is Subsurface printing.

Subsurface printing is when the inks are printed on the underside of a clear plastic film. The images on the printing plates are configured so that when the label is viewed from the top side of the clear film, the image appears as desired. An adhesive layer with a liner backing is applied to the printed inks. Different adhesives are available, as appropriate, for a given label’s use. The web is flipped-over (depending on the type of press) and the face-stock material is then die-cut to the proper size of the label. Because the inks are applied to the bottom side of the plastic film, the film provides protection to the inks, thus creating a durable label.

A 2 mil clear Polyester film is a common material for Subsurface printing. When Subsurface printing, it is important to know the detailed specifications of the materials to ensure that the film is optimized for the Subsurface printing process, the inks, and the environment where the label will be used.

If you would like to know more about subsurface labels or think this might be the right method for your products, contact our experts at 800-75-LABEL.

The post Subsurface Printing appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

Subsurface Graphics Many labels are used in very challenging environments and need to be durable enough to last the lifetime of the product. Labels used for automotive and durable applications are two specific markets that require durability and longevity in …

The post Subsurface Printing appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2019-06-13 12:04:48 [post_date] => 2019-06-13 12:04:48 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-06-13 12:04:48 [post_modified] => 2019-06-13 12:04:48 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=8564 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/subsurface-printing/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/subsurface-printing/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/subsurface-printing/ [syndication_item_hash] => d01d89c433f1763abe17089d59a83669 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 10054 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

No image matches

Array ( )

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/subsurface-printing/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/subsurface-printing/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/subsurface-printing/ [syndication_item_hash] => d01d89c433f1763abe17089d59a83669 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Subsurface Printing

Array ( [post_title] => Subsurface Printing [post_content] =>

Subsurface Graphics

Many labels are used in very challenging environments and need to be durable enough to last the lifetime of the product.

Labels used for automotive and durable applications are two specific markets that require durability and longevity in their labels. These labels may be exposed to extreme heat, cold, moisture, chemicals, abrasion, weather, etc. One of the printing methods used by Whitlam Group to create durable labels is Subsurface printing.

Subsurface printing is when the inks are printed on the underside of a clear plastic film. The images on the printing plates are configured so that when the label is viewed from the top side of the clear film, the image appears as desired. An adhesive layer with a liner backing is applied to the printed inks. Different adhesives are available, as appropriate, for a given label’s use. The web is flipped-over (depending on the type of press) and the face-stock material is then die-cut to the proper size of the label. Because the inks are applied to the bottom side of the plastic film, the film provides protection to the inks, thus creating a durable label.

A 2 mil clear Polyester film is a common material for Subsurface printing. When Subsurface printing, it is important to know the detailed specifications of the materials to ensure that the film is optimized for the Subsurface printing process, the inks, and the environment where the label will be used.

If you would like to know more about subsurface labels or think this might be the right method for your products, contact our experts at 800-75-LABEL.

The post Subsurface Printing appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

Subsurface Graphics Many labels are used in very challenging environments and need to be durable enough to last the lifetime of the product. Labels used for automotive and durable applications are two specific markets that require durability and longevity in …

The post Subsurface Printing appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2019-06-13 12:04:48 [post_date] => 2019-06-13 12:04:48 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-06-13 12:04:48 [post_modified] => 2019-06-13 12:04:48 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=8564 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/subsurface-printing/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/subsurface-printing/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/subsurface-printing/ [syndication_item_hash] => d01d89c433f1763abe17089d59a83669 [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 10054 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

UL Labels

Array ( [post_title] => UL Labels [post_content] =>

Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Labels

UL LabelMany products are tested and evaluated by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) to determine if they meet safety standards established by regulations, organizations, manufacturers, and UL. The products that pass such testing may be labeled as UL Listed or UL Recognized. The labels affixed to these products, communicating this recognition, must also be UL Recognized.

Whitlam Group is a UL Authorized Label Supplier.  We must pass inspections conducted by a UL auditor. UL auditors may visit the label manufacturing facility at any time, often without prior notice, to inspect or collect UL label samples for ongoing routine surveillance testing.

UL Recognized labels must pass testing as outlined in the ANSI/UL969 Standard. There are several different categories depending on the type of label (PGDQ2, PGJI2, PGIM2, PGGU2, PGIS2, PGGU8, etc.). Type R labels are permanently marked with safety information such as hazards, warnings, cautions, installation instructions and electrical ratings. UL 299 is for dry chemical fire extinguishers. IEC standards include “Durability of Marking Requirements.”

The label testing must be conducted by UL or a UL certified test lab. A lab may be certified under UL’s CTDP (Client Test Data Program) and DAP (Data Acceptance Program). The certified lab’s testing must be equivalent to that of UL’s lab testing. This testing may evaluate weathering, legibility, defacement, chemical exposure, moisture exposure, aging, adhesion, and abrasion. Once approved, the inks and materials used in that specific label construction combination are granted a UL File number.

Note: If a product manufacturer adds additional information to a UL Recognized label such as with Thermal Transfer printing, the ink ribbon or media used must also be UL approved for use with that specific material construction.

Labels may be UL tested to obtain the cUL mark. These tests are similar to the Canadian Safety Association (CSA Group) C22.2 No. 0.15 standards.

Whitlam Group has several different UL approved label construction files for different types of label applications. Working with a UL Authorized Label Supplier such as the Whitlam Group and using our pre-approved UL label constructions can reduce your costs and time by eliminating the need for you to conduct such testing.

The post UL Labels appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Labels Many products are tested and evaluated by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) to determine if they meet safety standards established by regulations, organizations, manufacturers, and UL. The products that pass such testing may be labeled as UL Listed …

The post UL Labels appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2019-06-03 15:06:40 [post_date] => 2019-06-03 15:06:40 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-06-03 15:06:40 [post_modified] => 2019-06-03 15:06:40 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=8546 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/ul-labels/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/ul-labels/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/ul-labels/ [syndication_item_hash] => f94cb7ff6c54cfddf9e38fe051240a66 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 252 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 7689 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Junction-and-Pull-Box-Warning-Industrial-2-300x202.png

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Junction-and-Pull-Box-Warning-Industrial-2-300x202.png

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : UL Label - UL Label ON

Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Labels

UL LabelMany products are tested and evaluated by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) to determine if they meet safety standards established by regulations, organizations, manufacturers, and UL. The products that pass such testing may be labeled as UL Listed or UL Recognized. The labels affixed to these products, communicating this recognition, must also be UL Recognized.

Whitlam Group is a UL Authorized Label Supplier.  We must pass inspections conducted by a UL auditor. UL auditors may visit the label manufacturing facility at any time, often without prior notice, to inspect or collect UL label samples for ongoing routine surveillance testing.

UL Recognized labels must pass testing as outlined in the ANSI/UL969 Standard. There are several different categories depending on the type of label (PGDQ2, PGJI2, PGIM2, PGGU2, PGIS2, PGGU8, etc.). Type R labels are permanently marked with safety information such as hazards, warnings, cautions, installation instructions and electrical ratings. UL 299 is for dry chemical fire extinguishers. IEC standards include “Durability of Marking Requirements.”

The label testing must be conducted by UL or a UL certified test lab. A lab may be certified under UL’s CTDP (Client Test Data Program) and DAP (Data Acceptance Program). The certified lab’s testing must be equivalent to that of UL’s lab testing. This testing may evaluate weathering, legibility, defacement, chemical exposure, moisture exposure, aging, adhesion, and abrasion. Once approved, the inks and materials used in that specific label construction combination are granted a UL File number.

Note: If a product manufacturer adds additional information to a UL Recognized label such as with Thermal Transfer printing, the ink ribbon or media used must also be UL approved for use with that specific material construction.

Labels may be UL tested to obtain the cUL mark. These tests are similar to the Canadian Safety Association (CSA Group) C22.2 No. 0.15 standards.

Whitlam Group has several different UL approved label construction files for different types of label applications. Working with a UL Authorized Label Supplier such as the Whitlam Group and using our pre-approved UL label constructions can reduce your costs and time by eliminating the need for you to conduct such testing.

The post UL Labels appeared first on Whitlam Group.

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/ul-labels/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/ul-labels/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/ul-labels/ [syndication_item_hash] => f94cb7ff6c54cfddf9e38fe051240a66 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :UL Labels

Array ( [post_title] => UL Labels [post_content] =>

Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Labels

UL LabelsMany products are tested and evaluated by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) to determine if they meet safety standards established by regulations, organizations, manufacturers, and UL. The products that pass such testing may be labeled as UL Listed or UL Recognized. The labels affixed to these products, communicating this recognition, must also be UL Recognized.

Whitlam Group is a UL Authorized Label Supplier.  We must pass inspections conducted by a UL auditor. UL auditors may visit the label manufacturing facility at any time, often without prior notice, to inspect or collect UL label samples for ongoing routine surveillance testing.

UL Recognized labels must pass testing as outlined in the ANSI/UL969 Standard. There are several different categories depending on the type of label (PGDQ2, PGJI2, PGIM2, PGGU2, PGIS2, PGGU8, etc.). Type R labels are permanently marked with safety information such as hazards, warnings, cautions, installation instructions and electrical ratings. UL 299 is for dry chemical fire extinguishers. IEC standards include “Durability of Marking Requirements.”

The label testing must be conducted by UL or a UL certified test lab. A lab may be certified under UL’s CTDP (Client Test Data Program) and DAP (Data Acceptance Program). The certified lab’s testing must be equivalent to that of UL’s lab testing. This testing may evaluate weathering, legibility, defacement, chemical exposure, moisture exposure, aging, adhesion, and abrasion. Once approved, the inks and materials used in that specific label construction combination are granted a UL File number.

Note: If a product manufacturer adds additional information to a UL Recognized label such as with Thermal Transfer printing, the ink ribbon or media used must also be UL approved for use with that specific material construction.

Labels may be UL tested to obtain the cUL mark. These tests are similar to the Canadian Safety Association (CSA Group) C22.2 No. 0.15 standards.

Whitlam Group has several different UL approved label construction files for different types of label applications. Working with a UL Authorized Label Supplier such as the Whitlam Group and using our pre-approved UL label constructions can reduce your costs and time by eliminating the need for you to conduct such testing.

The post UL Labels appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Labels Many products are tested and evaluated by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) to determine if they meet safety standards established by regulations, organizations, manufacturers, and UL. The products that pass such testing may be labeled as UL Listed …

The post UL Labels appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2019-06-03 15:06:40 [post_date] => 2019-06-03 15:06:40 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-06-03 15:06:40 [post_modified] => 2019-06-03 15:06:40 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=8546 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/ul-labels/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/ul-labels/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/ul-labels/ [syndication_item_hash] => f94cb7ff6c54cfddf9e38fe051240a66 [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 252 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 7689 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )


Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /homepages/41/d79740523/htdocs/converternews/wp-content/plugins/feedwordpress/syndicatedpost.class.php on line 1330

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

The Ins and Outs of Tamper Labels

Array ( [post_title] => The Ins and Outs of Tamper Labels [post_content] =>

Tamper Proof Label

Very few items, if any, are really tamper “proof.”

Tamper Evident Labels

Given enough time and effort, most items can be tampered with by those who are intent on causing problems. Nevertheless, steps can and should be taken to deter such activity and protect users of products subject to potential tampering. Tamper-evidency indicates that tampering has occurred. Tamper-evident features are design elements that try to indicate tampering that otherwise could possibly evade detection.

Some products may require tamper-evident labeling by law. These may be used in many different industries ranging from healthcare to industrial equipment.

Some Tamper-evident labels may simply have a statement that informs a user that there are special tamper-evident features on a package or device that should be examined to verify the feature is intact before using the product. Tamper-evident labels may also have features built in that indicate that tampering has occurred to the label itself.

Many manufacturers require labeling that will indicate tampering if attempts are made to remove an authentic label from their product. The manufacturer may be concerned that an authentic label may be transferred to a counterfeit or stolen item. For these potential situations, the manufacturer may want the label to have features that cause it to destruct when attempts are made to remove it. This prevents a label of normal appearance from being transferred to an unauthorized part. This is a common concern in the automotive OEM and aftermarket sectors.

If a label is removed from a product, many manufacturers may also want evidence left behind on the product indicating that a label was once in fact present. This may be a desirable feature for a warning label. If someone becomes injured using a product (i.e. tools, lawn maintenance equipment, appliances, etc.), a manufacturer may point to the warning label on their product during matters of litigation. If someone has removed a Warning label, there may be a feature designed into the label that would indicate a label had been applied by the manufacturer. Such features could include visual wording such as “TAMPERED” or “VOID”. Depending on design, a company’s logo may be part of a tamper-evident feature. Another possible indicator could be a UV luminescent footprint left behind by the label.

Tamper cuts are small die-cuts that may be made within the area of a label and/or around the edges of the label.  These cause the label to tear apart when physically disturbed. Some specialized label materials are very fragile and destruct more easily that regular label materials.

There are several features that may be incorporated into tamper-evident labels that can be overt (visible) or covert (hidden).

It is important to consider all factors for each application so the best combination of tamper-evident features can be used. Manufacturers want their labels to be durable enough to withstand the entire life cycle of their products, but also fragile enough to indicate tampering. These requirements hold true under a variety of circumstances: high temperatures, low temperatures, excessive moisture, mechanical and abrasion resistance, chemical resistance, etc. Product surfaces to which labels are applied vary significantly. The substrate’s surface energy, topography, orientation, etc. can also influence the performance of a tamper-evident label. All of these require maintaining the right balance between materials, inks, coatings, tamper-evident feature chemistry and their performance. Whitlam Group has the experience and testing capabilities to design the best tamper-evident labeling for your needs.

The post The Ins and Outs of Tamper Labels appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

Very few items, if any, are really tamper “proof.” Tamper Evident Labels Given enough time and effort, most items can be tampered with by those who are intent on causing problems. Nevertheless, steps can and should be taken to deter …

The post The Ins and Outs of Tamper Labels appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2019-04-19 14:00:26 [post_date] => 2019-04-19 14:00:26 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-04-19 14:00:26 [post_modified] => 2019-04-19 14:00:26 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=8535 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/tamper-labels/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/tamper-labels/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/tamper-labels/ [syndication_item_hash] => Array ( [0] => 6797678caad08796c6724f54acba63b5 [1] => ec1a4f72b999328a4b0406634273ac7f ) ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 252 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 8480 [1] => 10054 [2] => 1645 [3] => 3656 [4] => 14772 [5] => 11049 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) [post_name] => the-ins-and-outs-of-tamper-labels )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/7516551728_9U6A2893-cropped-300x182.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/7516551728_9U6A2893-cropped-300x182.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : Tamper Proof Label - Tamper Proof Label ON

Tamper Proof Label

Very few items, if any, are really tamper “proof.”

Tamper Evident Labels

Given enough time and effort, most items can be tampered with by those who are intent on causing problems. Nevertheless, steps can and should be taken to deter such activity and protect users of products subject to potential tampering. Tamper-evidency indicates that tampering has occurred. Tamper-evident features are design elements that try to indicate tampering that otherwise could possibly evade detection.

Some products may require tamper-evident labeling by law. These may be used in many different industries ranging from healthcare to industrial equipment.

Some Tamper-evident labels may simply have a statement that informs a user that there are special tamper-evident features on a package or device that should be examined to verify the feature is intact before using the product. Tamper-evident labels may also have features built in that indicate that tampering has occurred to the label itself.

Many manufacturers require labeling that will indicate tampering if attempts are made to remove an authentic label from their product. The manufacturer may be concerned that an authentic label may be transferred to a counterfeit or stolen item. For these potential situations, the manufacturer may want the label to have features that cause it to destruct when attempts are made to remove it. This prevents a label of normal appearance from being transferred to an unauthorized part. This is a common concern in the automotive OEM and aftermarket sectors.

If a label is removed from a product, many manufacturers may also want evidence left behind on the product indicating that a label was once in fact present. This may be a desirable feature for a warning label. If someone becomes injured using a product (i.e. tools, lawn maintenance equipment, appliances, etc.), a manufacturer may point to the warning label on their product during matters of litigation. If someone has removed a Warning label, there may be a feature designed into the label that would indicate a label had been applied by the manufacturer. Such features could include visual wording such as “TAMPERED” or “VOID”. Depending on design, a company’s logo may be part of a tamper-evident feature. Another possible indicator could be a UV luminescent footprint left behind by the label.

Tamper cuts are small die-cuts that may be made within the area of a label and/or around the edges of the label.  These cause the label to tear apart when physically disturbed. Some specialized label materials are very fragile and destruct more easily that regular label materials.

There are several features that may be incorporated into tamper-evident labels that can be overt (visible) or covert (hidden).

It is important to consider all factors for each application so the best combination of tamper-evident features can be used. Manufacturers want their labels to be durable enough to withstand the entire life cycle of their products, but also fragile enough to indicate tampering. These requirements hold true under a variety of circumstances: high temperatures, low temperatures, excessive moisture, mechanical and abrasion resistance, chemical resistance, etc. Product surfaces to which labels are applied vary significantly. The substrate’s surface energy, topography, orientation, etc. can also influence the performance of a tamper-evident label. All of these require maintaining the right balance between materials, inks, coatings, tamper-evident feature chemistry and their performance. Whitlam Group has the experience and testing capabilities to design the best tamper-evident labeling for your needs.

The post The Ins and Outs of Tamper Labels appeared first on Whitlam Group.

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/tamper-labels/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/tamper-labels/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/tamper-labels/ [syndication_item_hash] => Array ( [0] => 6797678caad08796c6724f54acba63b5 [1] => ec1a4f72b999328a4b0406634273ac7f ) )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :The Ins and Outs of Tamper Labels

Array ( [post_title] => The Ins and Outs of Tamper Labels [post_content] =>

The Ins and Outs of Tamper Labels

Very few items, if any, are really tamper “proof.”

Tamper Evident Labels

Given enough time and effort, most items can be tampered with by those who are intent on causing problems. Nevertheless, steps can and should be taken to deter such activity and protect users of products subject to potential tampering. Tamper-evidency indicates that tampering has occurred. Tamper-evident features are design elements that try to indicate tampering that otherwise could possibly evade detection.

Some products may require tamper-evident labeling by law. These may be used in many different industries ranging from healthcare to industrial equipment.

Some Tamper-evident labels may simply have a statement that informs a user that there are special tamper-evident features on a package or device that should be examined to verify the feature is intact before using the product. Tamper-evident labels may also have features built in that indicate that tampering has occurred to the label itself.

Many manufacturers require labeling that will indicate tampering if attempts are made to remove an authentic label from their product. The manufacturer may be concerned that an authentic label may be transferred to a counterfeit or stolen item. For these potential situations, the manufacturer may want the label to have features that cause it to destruct when attempts are made to remove it. This prevents a label of normal appearance from being transferred to an unauthorized part. This is a common concern in the automotive OEM and aftermarket sectors.

If a label is removed from a product, many manufacturers may also want evidence left behind on the product indicating that a label was once in fact present. This may be a desirable feature for a warning label. If someone becomes injured using a product (i.e. tools, lawn maintenance equipment, appliances, etc.), a manufacturer may point to the warning label on their product during matters of litigation. If someone has removed a Warning label, there may be a feature designed into the label that would indicate a label had been applied by the manufacturer. Such features could include visual wording such as “TAMPERED” or “VOID”. Depending on design, a company’s logo may be part of a tamper-evident feature. Another possible indicator could be a UV luminescent footprint left behind by the label.

Tamper cuts are small die-cuts that may be made within the area of a label and/or around the edges of the label.  These cause the label to tear apart when physically disturbed. Some specialized label materials are very fragile and destruct more easily that regular label materials.

There are several features that may be incorporated into tamper-evident labels that can be overt (visible) or covert (hidden).

It is important to consider all factors for each application so the best combination of tamper-evident features can be used. Manufacturers want their labels to be durable enough to withstand the entire life cycle of their products, but also fragile enough to indicate tampering. These requirements hold true under a variety of circumstances: high temperatures, low temperatures, excessive moisture, mechanical and abrasion resistance, chemical resistance, etc. Product surfaces to which labels are applied vary significantly. The substrate’s surface energy, topography, orientation, etc. can also influence the performance of a tamper-evident label. All of these require maintaining the right balance between materials, inks, coatings, tamper-evident feature chemistry and their performance. Whitlam Group has the experience and testing capabilities to design the best tamper-evident labeling for your needs.

The post The Ins and Outs of Tamper Labels appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

Very few items, if any, are really tamper “proof.” Tamper Evident Labels Given enough time and effort, most items can be tampered with by those who are intent on causing problems. Nevertheless, steps can and should be taken to deter …

The post The Ins and Outs of Tamper Labels appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2019-04-19 14:00:26 [post_date] => 2019-04-19 14:00:26 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-04-19 14:00:26 [post_modified] => 2019-04-19 14:00:26 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=8535 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/tamper-labels/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/tamper-labels/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/tamper-labels/ [syndication_item_hash] => Array ( [0] => 6797678caad08796c6724f54acba63b5 [1] => ec1a4f72b999328a4b0406634273ac7f ) [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 252 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 8480 [1] => 10054 [2] => 1645 [3] => 3656 [4] => 14772 [5] => 11049 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) [post_name] => the-ins-and-outs-of-tamper-labels )


Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /homepages/41/d79740523/htdocs/converternews/wp-content/plugins/feedwordpress/syndicatedpost.class.php on line 1330

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Whitlam Group receives Platinum Supplier Status from General Motors

Array ( [post_title] => Whitlam Group receives Platinum Supplier Status from General Motors [post_content] =>

GM Platinum Supplier Status

GM Platinum Award

Whitlam Group, an industry leader in innovative labeling & packaging solutions, has achieved “Platinum Supplier” status from General Motors. We received this award as recognition for Outstanding 2018 On-Time Shipping Performance to General Motors Customer Care and Aftersales. Platinum Supplier Status is awarded to top performing suppliers who consistently meet or exceed GM’s stringent quality criteria.

The award recognizes Whitlam Group’s dedication and commitment to consistently perform above expectations in delivering quality parts on time. “Your organization has played an important role in our efforts to design, build and sell the world’s best vehicles,” wrote William Kopicki, Executive Director, Global Purchasing.

Thank you to General Motors and a big thank you to the Whitlam Team for all the hard work!

The post Whitlam Group receives Platinum Supplier Status from General Motors appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

GM Platinum Supplier Status Whitlam Group, an industry leader in innovative labeling & packaging solutions, has achieved “Platinum Supplier” status from General Motors. We received this award as recognition for Outstanding 2018 On-Time Shipping Performance to General Motors Customer Care …

The post Whitlam Group receives Platinum Supplier Status from General Motors appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2019-04-03 19:17:38 [post_date] => 2019-04-03 19:17:38 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-04-03 19:17:38 [post_modified] => 2019-04-03 19:17:38 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=8526 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/gm-platinum-status/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/gm-platinum-status/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/gm-platinum-status/ [syndication_item_hash] => Array ( [0] => b24aa48509f01f75362a5e639685b1f9 [1] => b9aea1123d3702753f38ed283a32688e ) ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 252 [1] => 340 [2] => 195 [3] => 4 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 3335 [1] => 1551 [2] => 1023 [3] => 1806 [4] => 14769 [5] => 4156 [6] => 2971 [7] => 1645 [8] => 1109 [9] => 11049 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) [post_name] => whitlam-group-receives-platinum-supplier-status-from-general-motors-2 )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/2018-Award-Certificate-for-Source-4350-1024x791.png

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/2018-Award-Certificate-for-Source-4350-1024x791.png

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : GM Platinum Award - GM Platinum Award ON

GM Platinum Supplier Status

GM Platinum Award

Whitlam Group, an industry leader in innovative labeling & packaging solutions, has achieved “Platinum Supplier” status from General Motors. We received this award as recognition for Outstanding 2018 On-Time Shipping Performance to General Motors Customer Care and Aftersales. Platinum Supplier Status is awarded to top performing suppliers who consistently meet or exceed GM’s stringent quality criteria.

The award recognizes Whitlam Group’s dedication and commitment to consistently perform above expectations in delivering quality parts on time. “Your organization has played an important role in our efforts to design, build and sell the world’s best vehicles,” wrote William Kopicki, Executive Director, Global Purchasing.

Thank you to General Motors and a big thank you to the Whitlam Team for all the hard work!

The post Whitlam Group receives Platinum Supplier Status from General Motors appeared first on Whitlam Group.

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/gm-platinum-status/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/gm-platinum-status/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/gm-platinum-status/ [syndication_item_hash] => Array ( [0] => b24aa48509f01f75362a5e639685b1f9 [1] => b9aea1123d3702753f38ed283a32688e ) )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Whitlam Group receives Platinum Supplier Status from General Motors

Array ( [post_title] => Whitlam Group receives Platinum Supplier Status from General Motors [post_content] =>

GM Platinum Supplier Status

Whitlam Group receives Platinum Supplier Status from General Motors

Whitlam Group, an industry leader in innovative labeling & packaging solutions, has achieved “Platinum Supplier” status from General Motors. We received this award as recognition for Outstanding 2018 On-Time Shipping Performance to General Motors Customer Care and Aftersales. Platinum Supplier Status is awarded to top performing suppliers who consistently meet or exceed GM’s stringent quality criteria.

The award recognizes Whitlam Group’s dedication and commitment to consistently perform above expectations in delivering quality parts on time. “Your organization has played an important role in our efforts to design, build and sell the world’s best vehicles,” wrote William Kopicki, Executive Director, Global Purchasing.

Thank you to General Motors and a big thank you to the Whitlam Team for all the hard work!

The post Whitlam Group receives Platinum Supplier Status from General Motors appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

GM Platinum Supplier Status Whitlam Group, an industry leader in innovative labeling & packaging solutions, has achieved “Platinum Supplier” status from General Motors. We received this award as recognition for Outstanding 2018 On-Time Shipping Performance to General Motors Customer Care …

The post Whitlam Group receives Platinum Supplier Status from General Motors appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2019-04-03 19:17:38 [post_date] => 2019-04-03 19:17:38 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-04-03 19:17:38 [post_modified] => 2019-04-03 19:17:38 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=8526 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/gm-platinum-status/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/gm-platinum-status/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2019/gm-platinum-status/ [syndication_item_hash] => Array ( [0] => b24aa48509f01f75362a5e639685b1f9 [1] => b9aea1123d3702753f38ed283a32688e ) [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 252 [1] => 340 [2] => 195 [3] => 4 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 3335 [1] => 1551 [2] => 1023 [3] => 1806 [4] => 14769 [5] => 4156 [6] => 2971 [7] => 1645 [8] => 1109 [9] => 11049 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) [post_name] => whitlam-group-receives-platinum-supplier-status-from-general-motors-2 )


Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /homepages/41/d79740523/htdocs/converternews/wp-content/plugins/feedwordpress/syndicatedlink.class.php on line 302

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Kollmorgen has awarded Micromech ‘Best European Distributor 2019’.

Array ( [post_title] => Kollmorgen has awarded Micromech ‘Best European Distributor 2019’. [post_content] =>

We are proud to announce that Micromech has once again been awarded the Best European Distributor.

In addition we are pleased to have achieved the necessary sales and requirements to remain the UK’s only Kollmorgen Gold Partner and Certified Partner for the third consecutive year.

This enables us to continue to supply Kollmorgen’s excellent product range and provide our first class service and support.

Kollmorgen’s product range includes Servo Drives, Servo Motors, Stepper Drives and Stepper Motors, Motion Controllers, Linear Motors and Linear Actuators.

With their innovative approach and vast knowledge in motion control design and development, Kollmorgen is one of the few companies in the world that designs and manufactures such a wide range of complimentary products.

Kollmorgen products are supplied to a wide variety of industries including Aerospace and Defence, Printing, Packaging, Food and Beverage, Medical, Pharmaceutical Manufacturing and many more.

We are extremely proud to receive these awards and remain dedicated to the Kollmorgen brand.

Visit Kollmorgen’s supplier page to view the full Kollmorgen range or for assistance specifying Kollmorgen products for your application, contact Micromech on 01376 333333 or Email sales@micromech.co.uk

Disclaimer
The use of these images came with permission from Kollmorgen.

[post_excerpt] => We are proud to announce that Micromech has once again been awarded the Best European Distributor. In addition we are pleased to have achieved the necessary sales and requirements to remain the UK’s only Kollmorgen Gold Partner and Certified Partner for the third consecutive year. This enables us to continue to supply Kollmorgen’s excellent product […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-07-30 11:45:41 [post_date] => 2019-07-30 11:45:41 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-07-30 11:45:41 [post_modified] => 2019-07-30 11:45:41 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/?p=1215 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/kollmorgen_certificates.jpg ) [syndication_source] => Micromech Limited's space [syndication_source_uri] => https://micromech.wordpress.com [syndication_source_id] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/30/kollmorgen-has-awarded-micromech-best-european-distributor-2019/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/30/kollmorgen-has-awarded-micromech-best-european-distributor-2019/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 72 [syndication_permalink] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/30/kollmorgen-has-awarded-micromech-best-european-distributor-2019/ [syndication_item_hash] => f16001e6cec7a40433904c5412f58182 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 27 [1] => 97 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 3352 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/kollmorgen_certificates.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/kollmorgen_certificates.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

We are proud to announce that Micromech has once again been awarded the Best European Distributor.

In addition we are pleased to have achieved the necessary sales and requirements to remain the UK’s only Kollmorgen Gold Partner and Certified Partner for the third consecutive year.

This enables us to continue to supply Kollmorgen’s excellent product range and provide our first class service and support.

Kollmorgen’s product range includes Servo Drives, Servo Motors, Stepper Drives and Stepper Motors, Motion Controllers, Linear Motors and Linear Actuators.

With their innovative approach and vast knowledge in motion control design and development, Kollmorgen is one of the few companies in the world that designs and manufactures such a wide range of complimentary products.

Kollmorgen products are supplied to a wide variety of industries including Aerospace and Defence, Printing, Packaging, Food and Beverage, Medical, Pharmaceutical Manufacturing and many more.

We are extremely proud to receive these awards and remain dedicated to the Kollmorgen brand.

Visit Kollmorgen’s supplier page to view the full Kollmorgen range or for assistance specifying Kollmorgen products for your application, contact Micromech on 01376 333333 or Email sales@micromech.co.uk

Disclaimer
The use of these images came with permission from Kollmorgen.

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/kollmorgen_certificates.jpg ) [syndication_source] => Micromech Limited's space [syndication_source_uri] => https://micromech.wordpress.com [syndication_source_id] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/30/kollmorgen-has-awarded-micromech-best-european-distributor-2019/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/30/kollmorgen-has-awarded-micromech-best-european-distributor-2019/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 72 [syndication_permalink] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/30/kollmorgen-has-awarded-micromech-best-european-distributor-2019/ [syndication_item_hash] => f16001e6cec7a40433904c5412f58182 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/kollmorgen_certificates.jpg )

No match on https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/kollmorgen_certificates.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

New Enclosure:

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Kollmorgen has awarded Micromech ‘Best European Distributor 2019’.

Array ( [post_title] => Kollmorgen has awarded Micromech ‘Best European Distributor 2019’. [post_content] =>

We are proud to announce that Micromech has once again been awarded the Best European Distributor.

In addition we are pleased to have achieved the necessary sales and requirements to remain the UK’s only Kollmorgen Gold Partner and Certified Partner for the third consecutive year.

This enables us to continue to supply Kollmorgen’s excellent product range and provide our first class service and support.

Kollmorgen’s product range includes Servo Drives, Servo Motors, Stepper Drives and Stepper Motors, Motion Controllers, Linear Motors and Linear Actuators.

With their innovative approach and vast knowledge in motion control design and development, Kollmorgen is one of the few companies in the world that designs and manufactures such a wide range of complimentary products.

Kollmorgen products are supplied to a wide variety of industries including Aerospace and Defence, Printing, Packaging, Food and Beverage, Medical, Pharmaceutical Manufacturing and many more.

We are extremely proud to receive these awards and remain dedicated to the Kollmorgen brand.

Visit Kollmorgen’s supplier page to view the full Kollmorgen range or for assistance specifying Kollmorgen products for your application, contact Micromech on 01376 333333 or Email sales@micromech.co.uk

Kollmorgen has awarded Micromech ‘Best European Distributor 2019’.

Disclaimer
The use of these images came with permission from Kollmorgen.

[post_excerpt] => We are proud to announce that Micromech has once again been awarded the Best European Distributor. In addition we are pleased to have achieved the necessary sales and requirements to remain the UK’s only Kollmorgen Gold Partner and Certified Partner for the third consecutive year. This enables us to continue to supply Kollmorgen’s excellent product […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-07-30 11:45:41 [post_date] => 2019-07-30 11:45:41 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-07-30 11:45:41 [post_modified] => 2019-07-30 11:45:41 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/?p=1215 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => ) [syndication_source] => Micromech Limited's space [syndication_source_uri] => https://micromech.wordpress.com [syndication_source_id] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/30/kollmorgen-has-awarded-micromech-best-european-distributor-2019/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/30/kollmorgen-has-awarded-micromech-best-european-distributor-2019/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 72 [syndication_permalink] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/30/kollmorgen-has-awarded-micromech-best-european-distributor-2019/ [syndication_item_hash] => f16001e6cec7a40433904c5412f58182 [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 27 [1] => 97 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 3352 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

RTA EtherCAT FLEX-DRIVE now available from Micromech

Array ( [post_title] => RTA EtherCAT FLEX-DRIVE now available from Micromech [post_content] =>

Micromech would like to announce the latest series of EtherCAT stepping motor drives from RTA.

RTA - Flex DriveFeatures

 

RTA Flex-Drive: Perfectly fitting Trio Flexslice architecture

 

RTA - Flex Drive– The series is designed to fit into the FLEXSLICE system, the modular EtherCAT architecture by Trio Motion Technology

– The direct connection with FLEX-6-NANO or FLEX EtherCAT COUPLER creates a powerful multiaxis modular system, composed by a Motion Controller, stepping motor drives, digital and analogues I/O, all sharing the same internal EBUS and logic power supply.

 MODEL VOLTAGE  CURRENT   SENSOR FEEDBACK
 MSE-408  24-48 VDC  4 Amps  Encoder
 MSB-204  24-48 VD  2.5 Amps  Open Loop
[post_excerpt] => Micromech would like to announce the latest series of EtherCAT stepping motor drives from RTA. Features The Flex-Drive allows connection with any stepper motor up to Nema 24 (60mm) with or without encoder feedback, supporting PP, CSP, CSV and Homing mode of operation All models are equipped with one configurable fast capture input, suitable for […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-07-22 10:42:09 [post_date] => 2019-07-22 10:42:09 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-07-22 10:42:09 [post_modified] => 2019-07-22 10:42:09 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/?p=1212 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_flex_drive_a.jpg [2] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_flex_drive_2.jpg ) [syndication_source] => Micromech Limited's space [syndication_source_uri] => https://micromech.wordpress.com [syndication_source_id] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/22/rta-ethercat-flex-drive-now-available-from-micromech/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/22/rta-ethercat-flex-drive-now-available-from-micromech/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 72 [syndication_permalink] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/22/rta-ethercat-flex-drive-now-available-from-micromech/ [syndication_item_hash] => 07220cac352f32a353349f76f8f61cb7 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 27 [1] => 97 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 3352 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_flex_drive_a.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_flex_drive_a.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : RTA - Flex Drive - RTA - Flex Drive ON

Micromech would like to announce the latest series of EtherCAT stepping motor drives from RTA.

RTA - Flex DriveFeatures

 

RTA Flex-Drive: Perfectly fitting Trio Flexslice architecture

 

RTA - Flex Drive– The series is designed to fit into the FLEXSLICE system, the modular EtherCAT architecture by Trio Motion Technology

– The direct connection with FLEX-6-NANO or FLEX EtherCAT COUPLER creates a powerful multiaxis modular system, composed by a Motion Controller, stepping motor drives, digital and analogues I/O, all sharing the same internal EBUS and logic power supply.

 MODEL VOLTAGE  CURRENT   SENSOR FEEDBACK
 MSE-408  24-48 VDC  4 Amps  Encoder
 MSB-204  24-48 VD  2.5 Amps  Open Loop

Local save:https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_flex_drive_2.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_flex_drive_2.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : RTA - Flex Drive - RTA - Flex Drive ON

Micromech would like to announce the latest series of EtherCAT stepping motor drives from RTA.

RTA EtherCAT FLEX-DRIVE now available from MicromechFeatures

 

RTA Flex-Drive: Perfectly fitting Trio Flexslice architecture

 

RTA - Flex Drive– The series is designed to fit into the FLEXSLICE system, the modular EtherCAT architecture by Trio Motion Technology

– The direct connection with FLEX-6-NANO or FLEX EtherCAT COUPLER creates a powerful multiaxis modular system, composed by a Motion Controller, stepping motor drives, digital and analogues I/O, all sharing the same internal EBUS and logic power supply.

 MODEL VOLTAGE  CURRENT   SENSOR FEEDBACK
 MSE-408  24-48 VDC  4 Amps  Encoder
 MSB-204  24-48 VD  2.5 Amps  Open Loop

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_flex_drive_a.jpg [2] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_flex_drive_2.jpg ) [syndication_source] => Micromech Limited's space [syndication_source_uri] => https://micromech.wordpress.com [syndication_source_id] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/22/rta-ethercat-flex-drive-now-available-from-micromech/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/22/rta-ethercat-flex-drive-now-available-from-micromech/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 72 [syndication_permalink] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/22/rta-ethercat-flex-drive-now-available-from-micromech/ [syndication_item_hash] => 07220cac352f32a353349f76f8f61cb7 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_flex_drive_a.jpg [2] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_flex_drive_2.jpg )

No match on https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_flex_drive_a.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

New Enclosure:

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_flex_drive_2.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

New Enclosure:

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :RTA EtherCAT FLEX-DRIVE now available from Micromech

Array ( [post_title] => RTA EtherCAT FLEX-DRIVE now available from Micromech [post_content] =>

Micromech would like to announce the latest series of EtherCAT stepping motor drives from RTA.

RTA EtherCAT FLEX-DRIVE now available from MicromechFeatures

 

RTA Flex-Drive: Perfectly fitting Trio Flexslice architecture

 

RTA EtherCAT FLEX-DRIVE now available from Micromech– The series is designed to fit into the FLEXSLICE system, the modular EtherCAT architecture by Trio Motion Technology

– The direct connection with FLEX-6-NANO or FLEX EtherCAT COUPLER creates a powerful multiaxis modular system, composed by a Motion Controller, stepping motor drives, digital and analogues I/O, all sharing the same internal EBUS and logic power supply.

 MODEL VOLTAGE  CURRENT   SENSOR FEEDBACK
 MSE-408  24-48 VDC  4 Amps  Encoder
 MSB-204  24-48 VD  2.5 Amps  Open Loop
[post_excerpt] => Micromech would like to announce the latest series of EtherCAT stepping motor drives from RTA. Features The Flex-Drive allows connection with any stepper motor up to Nema 24 (60mm) with or without encoder feedback, supporting PP, CSP, CSV and Homing mode of operation All models are equipped with one configurable fast capture input, suitable for […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-07-22 10:42:09 [post_date] => 2019-07-22 10:42:09 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-07-22 10:42:09 [post_modified] => 2019-07-22 10:42:09 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/?p=1212 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => [2] => ) [syndication_source] => Micromech Limited's space [syndication_source_uri] => https://micromech.wordpress.com [syndication_source_id] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/22/rta-ethercat-flex-drive-now-available-from-micromech/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/22/rta-ethercat-flex-drive-now-available-from-micromech/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 72 [syndication_permalink] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/22/rta-ethercat-flex-drive-now-available-from-micromech/ [syndication_item_hash] => 07220cac352f32a353349f76f8f61cb7 [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0,0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 27 [1] => 97 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 3352 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Success Story from Kollmorgen – Bricks that can put in an appearance

Array ( [post_title] => Success Story from Kollmorgen – Bricks that can put in an appearance [post_content] =>

Motion Control by KOLLMORGEN makes fast and precise cuts from the column of clay

Kollmorgen - Success Story

Neat as a pin, each brick on the pallet is identical to the next. Deviations at the building site are accepted only within tight tolerances. Standardized measurements are already in demand simply because bricklayers these days rarely lay the vertically perforated bricks with mortar but glue them together with thin-bed mortar as piece work. Balancing gaps – error reports. And then every deviation from the norm also costs time – which is why manufacturers such as the Swiss brick manufacturer Landquart AG is continuously improving its established production process. To cut off the endless column of clay into individual bricks, the company has now integrated a servomotor driven module.

It is iron compounds which give clay bricks their typically orange-brown color. The precise color that the building materials ultimately take on depends just as much on the minerals contained within the clay as the firing temperature and the prevailing atmosphere in the oven. There are a number of adjustment screws which the manufacturers of so-called coarse-ceramic products can turn so that the construction industry can deliver perfect bricks. In so doing, it is important to observe that a good brick – with all its claims to automation – still takes time. The most important components of brick are loam, clays and marl.

Cut clean from the endless column

The brick manufacturer Landquart from the place of the same name in the canton of Graubünden extracts the clay from its own clay pit. “Before it is shaped, the ingredients need to be well mixed and, with a view to a homogeneous distribution of moisture, temporarily stored for days. Only then can the paste go into the extruder which compacts the mineral mixture and presses it through its mouthpiece. This creates an endless brick with a fixed length and width. The height is achieved from the speed at which the cutter from the Swiss company Freymatic AG works,” explains Daniel Bärtsch, Plant Manager at the Landquart AG brickworks.

Success StoryCharacteristic for the cut is the combination of the continuous feed of the clay column from the extruder and the discontinuous cutting. To do this, it takes the basic drive arrangement of the flying saw – in essence designed like a thin steel wire which runs from top to bottom through the soft clay columns like a harp string in time with the band speed. The cutter by Freymatic is at the same time cyclically positioned by a Thomson linear axis and synchronized with the band speed. To drive the linear unit with its interior ball screw, TBM Automation AG opts for synchronous servo motors in the AKM series by KOLLMORGEN. TBM and Freymatic have fostered a trusting collaboration for many years in matters of drive technology, motion control and automation. “We need to understand the processes, know how our customers think and then learn about the intricacies from our growing experience,” says Silverster Tribus, Managing Director at TBM. The Swiss engineering specialists from Widnau have on their part been cooperating closely with KOLLMORGEN as a certified partner.

Drive simulation from the workstation

In the past, the vast majority of functions needed to be constantly re-programmed – and a huge amount of code needed to be written for this. “These days, we pull our prepared blocks into a motion project – and that’s it.” In conjunction with graphic programming, the on-site engineers can see considerably better “what impact each of the changing parameters has”. The basis for this unerring and efficient way of working is created by the Kollmorgen Automation Suite – above all in the design of the pipe network contained within.

Pipe Network clearly and precisely replicates the machine architecture including the dependencies between the axes of an application in a very short space of time. The otherwise very complex programming in Pipe Network is replaced by a graphic description with drag-and-drop function. Starting from a virtual master, all functions and relationships between components as well as all movements and settings can be defined with graphic description blocks. If the system is available, the Kollmorgen Automation Suite also offers the opportunity for virtual simulation. Movement profiles, axis conditions or synchronizations can be optimized in real time without the need to connect a single device.

“This is a real advantage because we can test the axes in the office and initiate start up with a prepared, fault-free application,” stresses Danijel Todorovic-Grabher, Senior project manager at TBM Automation. If adjustments need to be made on site, there is a KOLLMORGEN touch panel at the ready right by the system in the brickworks. “We can simply leaf through the drives and don’t need an additional laptop on site.”

Additional overload capacity protects against process fluctuations

The user-dependent access for this in the first step is carried out on the freely programmable controls in the IEC 61131-3 languages. It is part of the functional scope of the KOLLMORGEN Motion Controller PCMM. The compact device takes on the sequential control and the motion control of the connected AKD servo drives with the AKM synchronous servo motors. Motion Control has designed TBM in such a sophisticated way that the machine actually removes the bricks from the column with the beautifully soft motion task profiles. At the Landquart brickworks, the unit is placed directly between the formed part of the extruder and the discharge conveyor. The high overload capacity of the AKM motors up to five times the nominal current ensures that, during operation, the sudden occurrence of speed fluctuations does not lead to a fault in the cutting process. Changed requirements in power are not a rarity in the brick industry; they actually happen on a regular basis. After all, it’s a natural product with a fluctuating consistency that is processed into bricks fully automatically.

Against this background, it is also common practice to regularly optimize the settings of the cutting unit. The water in the clay alone or the detailed changing composition of minerals changes the mechanical shaping of the brick which is still highly sensitive after extrusion. The motion control for taking the cut raw bricks away for drying is configured in a similarly challenging way. Days later, it then goes into the oven for several hours.

For the flow of materials, Freymatic also opts for servo axes by Kollmorgen which are coordinated alongside the multi-axis arrangements of the PCMM. From the viewpoint of motion control, this process is characterized by exactly managed acceleration and braking profiles which transport off and therefore separate the bricks during production. Integrated into the automation is the pallet loader which pushes metal profiles from a magazine under the bricks for their further transportation.

This is what good clay needs

A view into the clay industry shows how existing systems have allowed themselves to become efficiently modernized when machine engineers, system integrators and drive manufacturers work closely together.

“We present data about what quantity needs to be shifted and what times and accuracy are required,” says Marco Breitenmoser, head of construction at Freymatic. “TBM then uses this as a basis to make proposals.” Good clay has for many years relied on the cooperation between Freymatic and TBM discussing jobs together and then also finding the best solution together. “Our expertise lies predominantly in the machine concept and TBM’s is in the drive technology and automation,” says Marco Breitenmoser in summary.

Author:
Martin Zimmermann, Key Account Manager, KOLLMORGEN Switzerland

 

Disclaimer
The use of this news article and images came with permission from Kollmorgen.

[post_excerpt] => Motion Control by KOLLMORGEN makes fast and precise cuts from the column of clay Neat as a pin, each brick on the pallet is identical to the next. Deviations at the building site are accepted only within tight tolerances. Standardized measurements are already in demand simply because bricklayers these days rarely lay the vertically perforated […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-07-17 12:59:06 [post_date] => 2019-07-17 12:59:06 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-07-17 12:59:06 [post_modified] => 2019-07-17 12:59:06 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/?p=1210 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/koll_success_story_bricks_1.jpg [2] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/koll_success_story_bricks_2.jpg ) [syndication_source] => Micromech Limited's space [syndication_source_uri] => https://micromech.wordpress.com [syndication_source_id] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/17/success-story-from-kollmorgen-bricks-that-can-put-in-an-appearance/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/17/success-story-from-kollmorgen-bricks-that-can-put-in-an-appearance/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 72 [syndication_permalink] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/17/success-story-from-kollmorgen-bricks-that-can-put-in-an-appearance/ [syndication_item_hash] => 8352096f9689a65258c11ac6f3fb5e93 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 27 [1] => 97 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 3352 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/koll_success_story_bricks_1.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/koll_success_story_bricks_1.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : Kollmorgen - Success Story - Kollmorgen - Success Story ON

Motion Control by KOLLMORGEN makes fast and precise cuts from the column of clay

Kollmorgen - Success Story

Neat as a pin, each brick on the pallet is identical to the next. Deviations at the building site are accepted only within tight tolerances. Standardized measurements are already in demand simply because bricklayers these days rarely lay the vertically perforated bricks with mortar but glue them together with thin-bed mortar as piece work. Balancing gaps – error reports. And then every deviation from the norm also costs time – which is why manufacturers such as the Swiss brick manufacturer Landquart AG is continuously improving its established production process. To cut off the endless column of clay into individual bricks, the company has now integrated a servomotor driven module.

It is iron compounds which give clay bricks their typically orange-brown color. The precise color that the building materials ultimately take on depends just as much on the minerals contained within the clay as the firing temperature and the prevailing atmosphere in the oven. There are a number of adjustment screws which the manufacturers of so-called coarse-ceramic products can turn so that the construction industry can deliver perfect bricks. In so doing, it is important to observe that a good brick – with all its claims to automation – still takes time. The most important components of brick are loam, clays and marl.

Cut clean from the endless column

The brick manufacturer Landquart from the place of the same name in the canton of Graubünden extracts the clay from its own clay pit. “Before it is shaped, the ingredients need to be well mixed and, with a view to a homogeneous distribution of moisture, temporarily stored for days. Only then can the paste go into the extruder which compacts the mineral mixture and presses it through its mouthpiece. This creates an endless brick with a fixed length and width. The height is achieved from the speed at which the cutter from the Swiss company Freymatic AG works,” explains Daniel Bärtsch, Plant Manager at the Landquart AG brickworks.

Success StoryCharacteristic for the cut is the combination of the continuous feed of the clay column from the extruder and the discontinuous cutting. To do this, it takes the basic drive arrangement of the flying saw – in essence designed like a thin steel wire which runs from top to bottom through the soft clay columns like a harp string in time with the band speed. The cutter by Freymatic is at the same time cyclically positioned by a Thomson linear axis and synchronized with the band speed. To drive the linear unit with its interior ball screw, TBM Automation AG opts for synchronous servo motors in the AKM series by KOLLMORGEN. TBM and Freymatic have fostered a trusting collaboration for many years in matters of drive technology, motion control and automation. “We need to understand the processes, know how our customers think and then learn about the intricacies from our growing experience,” says Silverster Tribus, Managing Director at TBM. The Swiss engineering specialists from Widnau have on their part been cooperating closely with KOLLMORGEN as a certified partner.

Drive simulation from the workstation

In the past, the vast majority of functions needed to be constantly re-programmed – and a huge amount of code needed to be written for this. “These days, we pull our prepared blocks into a motion project – and that’s it.” In conjunction with graphic programming, the on-site engineers can see considerably better “what impact each of the changing parameters has”. The basis for this unerring and efficient way of working is created by the Kollmorgen Automation Suite – above all in the design of the pipe network contained within.

Pipe Network clearly and precisely replicates the machine architecture including the dependencies between the axes of an application in a very short space of time. The otherwise very complex programming in Pipe Network is replaced by a graphic description with drag-and-drop function. Starting from a virtual master, all functions and relationships between components as well as all movements and settings can be defined with graphic description blocks. If the system is available, the Kollmorgen Automation Suite also offers the opportunity for virtual simulation. Movement profiles, axis conditions or synchronizations can be optimized in real time without the need to connect a single device.

“This is a real advantage because we can test the axes in the office and initiate start up with a prepared, fault-free application,” stresses Danijel Todorovic-Grabher, Senior project manager at TBM Automation. If adjustments need to be made on site, there is a KOLLMORGEN touch panel at the ready right by the system in the brickworks. “We can simply leaf through the drives and don’t need an additional laptop on site.”

Additional overload capacity protects against process fluctuations

The user-dependent access for this in the first step is carried out on the freely programmable controls in the IEC 61131-3 languages. It is part of the functional scope of the KOLLMORGEN Motion Controller PCMM. The compact device takes on the sequential control and the motion control of the connected AKD servo drives with the AKM synchronous servo motors. Motion Control has designed TBM in such a sophisticated way that the machine actually removes the bricks from the column with the beautifully soft motion task profiles. At the Landquart brickworks, the unit is placed directly between the formed part of the extruder and the discharge conveyor. The high overload capacity of the AKM motors up to five times the nominal current ensures that, during operation, the sudden occurrence of speed fluctuations does not lead to a fault in the cutting process. Changed requirements in power are not a rarity in the brick industry; they actually happen on a regular basis. After all, it’s a natural product with a fluctuating consistency that is processed into bricks fully automatically.

Against this background, it is also common practice to regularly optimize the settings of the cutting unit. The water in the clay alone or the detailed changing composition of minerals changes the mechanical shaping of the brick which is still highly sensitive after extrusion. The motion control for taking the cut raw bricks away for drying is configured in a similarly challenging way. Days later, it then goes into the oven for several hours.

For the flow of materials, Freymatic also opts for servo axes by Kollmorgen which are coordinated alongside the multi-axis arrangements of the PCMM. From the viewpoint of motion control, this process is characterized by exactly managed acceleration and braking profiles which transport off and therefore separate the bricks during production. Integrated into the automation is the pallet loader which pushes metal profiles from a magazine under the bricks for their further transportation.

This is what good clay needs

A view into the clay industry shows how existing systems have allowed themselves to become efficiently modernized when machine engineers, system integrators and drive manufacturers work closely together.

“We present data about what quantity needs to be shifted and what times and accuracy are required,” says Marco Breitenmoser, head of construction at Freymatic. “TBM then uses this as a basis to make proposals.” Good clay has for many years relied on the cooperation between Freymatic and TBM discussing jobs together and then also finding the best solution together. “Our expertise lies predominantly in the machine concept and TBM’s is in the drive technology and automation,” says Marco Breitenmoser in summary.

Author:
Martin Zimmermann, Key Account Manager, KOLLMORGEN Switzerland

 

Disclaimer
The use of this news article and images came with permission from Kollmorgen.

Local save:https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/koll_success_story_bricks_2.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/koll_success_story_bricks_2.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : Success Story - Success Story ON

Motion Control by KOLLMORGEN makes fast and precise cuts from the column of clay

Success Story from Kollmorgen – Bricks that can put in an appearance

Neat as a pin, each brick on the pallet is identical to the next. Deviations at the building site are accepted only within tight tolerances. Standardized measurements are already in demand simply because bricklayers these days rarely lay the vertically perforated bricks with mortar but glue them together with thin-bed mortar as piece work. Balancing gaps – error reports. And then every deviation from the norm also costs time – which is why manufacturers such as the Swiss brick manufacturer Landquart AG is continuously improving its established production process. To cut off the endless column of clay into individual bricks, the company has now integrated a servomotor driven module.

It is iron compounds which give clay bricks their typically orange-brown color. The precise color that the building materials ultimately take on depends just as much on the minerals contained within the clay as the firing temperature and the prevailing atmosphere in the oven. There are a number of adjustment screws which the manufacturers of so-called coarse-ceramic products can turn so that the construction industry can deliver perfect bricks. In so doing, it is important to observe that a good brick – with all its claims to automation – still takes time. The most important components of brick are loam, clays and marl.

Cut clean from the endless column

The brick manufacturer Landquart from the place of the same name in the canton of Graubünden extracts the clay from its own clay pit. “Before it is shaped, the ingredients need to be well mixed and, with a view to a homogeneous distribution of moisture, temporarily stored for days. Only then can the paste go into the extruder which compacts the mineral mixture and presses it through its mouthpiece. This creates an endless brick with a fixed length and width. The height is achieved from the speed at which the cutter from the Swiss company Freymatic AG works,” explains Daniel Bärtsch, Plant Manager at the Landquart AG brickworks.

Success StoryCharacteristic for the cut is the combination of the continuous feed of the clay column from the extruder and the discontinuous cutting. To do this, it takes the basic drive arrangement of the flying saw – in essence designed like a thin steel wire which runs from top to bottom through the soft clay columns like a harp string in time with the band speed. The cutter by Freymatic is at the same time cyclically positioned by a Thomson linear axis and synchronized with the band speed. To drive the linear unit with its interior ball screw, TBM Automation AG opts for synchronous servo motors in the AKM series by KOLLMORGEN. TBM and Freymatic have fostered a trusting collaboration for many years in matters of drive technology, motion control and automation. “We need to understand the processes, know how our customers think and then learn about the intricacies from our growing experience,” says Silverster Tribus, Managing Director at TBM. The Swiss engineering specialists from Widnau have on their part been cooperating closely with KOLLMORGEN as a certified partner.

Drive simulation from the workstation

In the past, the vast majority of functions needed to be constantly re-programmed – and a huge amount of code needed to be written for this. “These days, we pull our prepared blocks into a motion project – and that’s it.” In conjunction with graphic programming, the on-site engineers can see considerably better “what impact each of the changing parameters has”. The basis for this unerring and efficient way of working is created by the Kollmorgen Automation Suite – above all in the design of the pipe network contained within.

Pipe Network clearly and precisely replicates the machine architecture including the dependencies between the axes of an application in a very short space of time. The otherwise very complex programming in Pipe Network is replaced by a graphic description with drag-and-drop function. Starting from a virtual master, all functions and relationships between components as well as all movements and settings can be defined with graphic description blocks. If the system is available, the Kollmorgen Automation Suite also offers the opportunity for virtual simulation. Movement profiles, axis conditions or synchronizations can be optimized in real time without the need to connect a single device.

“This is a real advantage because we can test the axes in the office and initiate start up with a prepared, fault-free application,” stresses Danijel Todorovic-Grabher, Senior project manager at TBM Automation. If adjustments need to be made on site, there is a KOLLMORGEN touch panel at the ready right by the system in the brickworks. “We can simply leaf through the drives and don’t need an additional laptop on site.”

Additional overload capacity protects against process fluctuations

The user-dependent access for this in the first step is carried out on the freely programmable controls in the IEC 61131-3 languages. It is part of the functional scope of the KOLLMORGEN Motion Controller PCMM. The compact device takes on the sequential control and the motion control of the connected AKD servo drives with the AKM synchronous servo motors. Motion Control has designed TBM in such a sophisticated way that the machine actually removes the bricks from the column with the beautifully soft motion task profiles. At the Landquart brickworks, the unit is placed directly between the formed part of the extruder and the discharge conveyor. The high overload capacity of the AKM motors up to five times the nominal current ensures that, during operation, the sudden occurrence of speed fluctuations does not lead to a fault in the cutting process. Changed requirements in power are not a rarity in the brick industry; they actually happen on a regular basis. After all, it’s a natural product with a fluctuating consistency that is processed into bricks fully automatically.

Against this background, it is also common practice to regularly optimize the settings of the cutting unit. The water in the clay alone or the detailed changing composition of minerals changes the mechanical shaping of the brick which is still highly sensitive after extrusion. The motion control for taking the cut raw bricks away for drying is configured in a similarly challenging way. Days later, it then goes into the oven for several hours.

For the flow of materials, Freymatic also opts for servo axes by Kollmorgen which are coordinated alongside the multi-axis arrangements of the PCMM. From the viewpoint of motion control, this process is characterized by exactly managed acceleration and braking profiles which transport off and therefore separate the bricks during production. Integrated into the automation is the pallet loader which pushes metal profiles from a magazine under the bricks for their further transportation.

This is what good clay needs

A view into the clay industry shows how existing systems have allowed themselves to become efficiently modernized when machine engineers, system integrators and drive manufacturers work closely together.

“We present data about what quantity needs to be shifted and what times and accuracy are required,” says Marco Breitenmoser, head of construction at Freymatic. “TBM then uses this as a basis to make proposals.” Good clay has for many years relied on the cooperation between Freymatic and TBM discussing jobs together and then also finding the best solution together. “Our expertise lies predominantly in the machine concept and TBM’s is in the drive technology and automation,” says Marco Breitenmoser in summary.

Author:
Martin Zimmermann, Key Account Manager, KOLLMORGEN Switzerland

 

Disclaimer
The use of this news article and images came with permission from Kollmorgen.

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/koll_success_story_bricks_1.jpg [2] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/koll_success_story_bricks_2.jpg ) [syndication_source] => Micromech Limited's space [syndication_source_uri] => https://micromech.wordpress.com [syndication_source_id] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/17/success-story-from-kollmorgen-bricks-that-can-put-in-an-appearance/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/17/success-story-from-kollmorgen-bricks-that-can-put-in-an-appearance/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 72 [syndication_permalink] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/17/success-story-from-kollmorgen-bricks-that-can-put-in-an-appearance/ [syndication_item_hash] => 8352096f9689a65258c11ac6f3fb5e93 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/koll_success_story_bricks_1.jpg [2] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/koll_success_story_bricks_2.jpg )

No match on https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/koll_success_story_bricks_1.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

New Enclosure:

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/koll_success_story_bricks_2.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

New Enclosure:

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Success Story from Kollmorgen – Bricks that can put in an appearance

Array ( [post_title] => Success Story from Kollmorgen – Bricks that can put in an appearance [post_content] =>

Motion Control by KOLLMORGEN makes fast and precise cuts from the column of clay

Success Story from Kollmorgen – Bricks that can put in an appearance

Neat as a pin, each brick on the pallet is identical to the next. Deviations at the building site are accepted only within tight tolerances. Standardized measurements are already in demand simply because bricklayers these days rarely lay the vertically perforated bricks with mortar but glue them together with thin-bed mortar as piece work. Balancing gaps – error reports. And then every deviation from the norm also costs time – which is why manufacturers such as the Swiss brick manufacturer Landquart AG is continuously improving its established production process. To cut off the endless column of clay into individual bricks, the company has now integrated a servomotor driven module.

It is iron compounds which give clay bricks their typically orange-brown color. The precise color that the building materials ultimately take on depends just as much on the minerals contained within the clay as the firing temperature and the prevailing atmosphere in the oven. There are a number of adjustment screws which the manufacturers of so-called coarse-ceramic products can turn so that the construction industry can deliver perfect bricks. In so doing, it is important to observe that a good brick – with all its claims to automation – still takes time. The most important components of brick are loam, clays and marl.

Cut clean from the endless column

The brick manufacturer Landquart from the place of the same name in the canton of Graubünden extracts the clay from its own clay pit. “Before it is shaped, the ingredients need to be well mixed and, with a view to a homogeneous distribution of moisture, temporarily stored for days. Only then can the paste go into the extruder which compacts the mineral mixture and presses it through its mouthpiece. This creates an endless brick with a fixed length and width. The height is achieved from the speed at which the cutter from the Swiss company Freymatic AG works,” explains Daniel Bärtsch, Plant Manager at the Landquart AG brickworks.

Success Story from Kollmorgen – Bricks that can put in an appearanceCharacteristic for the cut is the combination of the continuous feed of the clay column from the extruder and the discontinuous cutting. To do this, it takes the basic drive arrangement of the flying saw – in essence designed like a thin steel wire which runs from top to bottom through the soft clay columns like a harp string in time with the band speed. The cutter by Freymatic is at the same time cyclically positioned by a Thomson linear axis and synchronized with the band speed. To drive the linear unit with its interior ball screw, TBM Automation AG opts for synchronous servo motors in the AKM series by KOLLMORGEN. TBM and Freymatic have fostered a trusting collaboration for many years in matters of drive technology, motion control and automation. “We need to understand the processes, know how our customers think and then learn about the intricacies from our growing experience,” says Silverster Tribus, Managing Director at TBM. The Swiss engineering specialists from Widnau have on their part been cooperating closely with KOLLMORGEN as a certified partner.

Drive simulation from the workstation

In the past, the vast majority of functions needed to be constantly re-programmed – and a huge amount of code needed to be written for this. “These days, we pull our prepared blocks into a motion project – and that’s it.” In conjunction with graphic programming, the on-site engineers can see considerably better “what impact each of the changing parameters has”. The basis for this unerring and efficient way of working is created by the Kollmorgen Automation Suite – above all in the design of the pipe network contained within.

Pipe Network clearly and precisely replicates the machine architecture including the dependencies between the axes of an application in a very short space of time. The otherwise very complex programming in Pipe Network is replaced by a graphic description with drag-and-drop function. Starting from a virtual master, all functions and relationships between components as well as all movements and settings can be defined with graphic description blocks. If the system is available, the Kollmorgen Automation Suite also offers the opportunity for virtual simulation. Movement profiles, axis conditions or synchronizations can be optimized in real time without the need to connect a single device.

“This is a real advantage because we can test the axes in the office and initiate start up with a prepared, fault-free application,” stresses Danijel Todorovic-Grabher, Senior project manager at TBM Automation. If adjustments need to be made on site, there is a KOLLMORGEN touch panel at the ready right by the system in the brickworks. “We can simply leaf through the drives and don’t need an additional laptop on site.”

Additional overload capacity protects against process fluctuations

The user-dependent access for this in the first step is carried out on the freely programmable controls in the IEC 61131-3 languages. It is part of the functional scope of the KOLLMORGEN Motion Controller PCMM. The compact device takes on the sequential control and the motion control of the connected AKD servo drives with the AKM synchronous servo motors. Motion Control has designed TBM in such a sophisticated way that the machine actually removes the bricks from the column with the beautifully soft motion task profiles. At the Landquart brickworks, the unit is placed directly between the formed part of the extruder and the discharge conveyor. The high overload capacity of the AKM motors up to five times the nominal current ensures that, during operation, the sudden occurrence of speed fluctuations does not lead to a fault in the cutting process. Changed requirements in power are not a rarity in the brick industry; they actually happen on a regular basis. After all, it’s a natural product with a fluctuating consistency that is processed into bricks fully automatically.

Against this background, it is also common practice to regularly optimize the settings of the cutting unit. The water in the clay alone or the detailed changing composition of minerals changes the mechanical shaping of the brick which is still highly sensitive after extrusion. The motion control for taking the cut raw bricks away for drying is configured in a similarly challenging way. Days later, it then goes into the oven for several hours.

For the flow of materials, Freymatic also opts for servo axes by Kollmorgen which are coordinated alongside the multi-axis arrangements of the PCMM. From the viewpoint of motion control, this process is characterized by exactly managed acceleration and braking profiles which transport off and therefore separate the bricks during production. Integrated into the automation is the pallet loader which pushes metal profiles from a magazine under the bricks for their further transportation.

This is what good clay needs

A view into the clay industry shows how existing systems have allowed themselves to become efficiently modernized when machine engineers, system integrators and drive manufacturers work closely together.

“We present data about what quantity needs to be shifted and what times and accuracy are required,” says Marco Breitenmoser, head of construction at Freymatic. “TBM then uses this as a basis to make proposals.” Good clay has for many years relied on the cooperation between Freymatic and TBM discussing jobs together and then also finding the best solution together. “Our expertise lies predominantly in the machine concept and TBM’s is in the drive technology and automation,” says Marco Breitenmoser in summary.

Author:
Martin Zimmermann, Key Account Manager, KOLLMORGEN Switzerland

 

Disclaimer
The use of this news article and images came with permission from Kollmorgen.

[post_excerpt] => Motion Control by KOLLMORGEN makes fast and precise cuts from the column of clay Neat as a pin, each brick on the pallet is identical to the next. Deviations at the building site are accepted only within tight tolerances. Standardized measurements are already in demand simply because bricklayers these days rarely lay the vertically perforated […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-07-17 12:59:06 [post_date] => 2019-07-17 12:59:06 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-07-17 12:59:06 [post_modified] => 2019-07-17 12:59:06 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/?p=1210 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => [2] => ) [syndication_source] => Micromech Limited's space [syndication_source_uri] => https://micromech.wordpress.com [syndication_source_id] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/17/success-story-from-kollmorgen-bricks-that-can-put-in-an-appearance/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/17/success-story-from-kollmorgen-bricks-that-can-put-in-an-appearance/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 72 [syndication_permalink] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/17/success-story-from-kollmorgen-bricks-that-can-put-in-an-appearance/ [syndication_item_hash] => 8352096f9689a65258c11ac6f3fb5e93 [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0,0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 27 [1] => 97 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 3352 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Available from Micromech – Premo, Wittenstein’s new powerful actuator platform

Array ( [post_title] => Available from Micromech – Premo, Wittenstein’s new powerful actuator platform [post_content] =>

Absolute precision meets perfect movement: premo combines precision with motion  – as efficiently as never before

Wittenstein - PremoThe central idea behind the first fully scalable servo-actuator platform from Wittenstein is an uncompromising flexibility from the viewpoint of the user. Motors and gearboxes with application related graduated performance characteristics can be configured modularly to individual motor/gearbox units. The result is a modular system that is significantly more versatile and more individual with regard to performance for the most diverse applications, that meets almost all the challenges of automation, integration and industry specification.

The core of the motor/gearbox unit is a torsionally rigid precision gearbox with low backlash and excellent torque density in conjunction with the equally powerful, permanently excited synchronous servo motor, which guarantees low cogging and a constant speed through the distributed winding.

The Premo actuator generation opens new dimensions in terms of performance with doubled power density and minimal installation space requirements. The Premo boasts increased productivity and optimised energy efficiency thanks to digital, single-cable technology providing more freedom during planning, design and storage as well as lower investment costs.

Typical fields of application:

–  Delta robot (axes 1-3, swivel axis)
–  Handling portal (Z axis, swivel/rotating)
–  Machine tool reaming
–  Tubular bag packaging
–  Folding carton packaging
–  Plastic thermoform (tool axis)
–  Intralogistics (AGV)

For more information on Wittenstein products contact Micromech sales on 01376 333333 or sales@micromech.co.uk

 

Disclaimer
The use of these images came with permission from Wittenstein.

[post_excerpt] => Absolute precision meets perfect movement: premo combines precision with motion  – as efficiently as never before The central idea behind the first fully scalable servo-actuator platform from Wittenstein is an uncompromising flexibility from the viewpoint of the user. Motors and gearboxes with application related graduated performance characteristics can be configured modularly to individual motor/gearbox units. […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-07-16 09:33:50 [post_date] => 2019-07-16 09:33:50 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-07-16 09:33:50 [post_modified] => 2019-07-16 09:33:50 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/?p=1208 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/wittenstein_premo_servo_actuator.jpg ) [syndication_source] => Micromech Limited's space [syndication_source_uri] => https://micromech.wordpress.com [syndication_source_id] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/16/available-from-micromech-premo-wittensteins-new-powerful-actuator-platform/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/16/available-from-micromech-premo-wittensteins-new-powerful-actuator-platform/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 72 [syndication_permalink] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/16/available-from-micromech-premo-wittensteins-new-powerful-actuator-platform/ [syndication_item_hash] => 692416ce5e2f6530043460f006bb5ec7 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 27 [1] => 97 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 3352 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/wittenstein_premo_servo_actuator.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/wittenstein_premo_servo_actuator.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : Wittenstein - Premo - Wittenstein - Premo ON

Absolute precision meets perfect movement: premo combines precision with motion  – as efficiently as never before

Wittenstein - PremoThe central idea behind the first fully scalable servo-actuator platform from Wittenstein is an uncompromising flexibility from the viewpoint of the user. Motors and gearboxes with application related graduated performance characteristics can be configured modularly to individual motor/gearbox units. The result is a modular system that is significantly more versatile and more individual with regard to performance for the most diverse applications, that meets almost all the challenges of automation, integration and industry specification.

The core of the motor/gearbox unit is a torsionally rigid precision gearbox with low backlash and excellent torque density in conjunction with the equally powerful, permanently excited synchronous servo motor, which guarantees low cogging and a constant speed through the distributed winding.

The Premo actuator generation opens new dimensions in terms of performance with doubled power density and minimal installation space requirements. The Premo boasts increased productivity and optimised energy efficiency thanks to digital, single-cable technology providing more freedom during planning, design and storage as well as lower investment costs.

Typical fields of application:

–  Delta robot (axes 1-3, swivel axis)
–  Handling portal (Z axis, swivel/rotating)
–  Machine tool reaming
–  Tubular bag packaging
–  Folding carton packaging
–  Plastic thermoform (tool axis)
–  Intralogistics (AGV)

For more information on Wittenstein products contact Micromech sales on 01376 333333 or sales@micromech.co.uk

 

Disclaimer
The use of these images came with permission from Wittenstein.

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/wittenstein_premo_servo_actuator.jpg ) [syndication_source] => Micromech Limited's space [syndication_source_uri] => https://micromech.wordpress.com [syndication_source_id] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/16/available-from-micromech-premo-wittensteins-new-powerful-actuator-platform/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/16/available-from-micromech-premo-wittensteins-new-powerful-actuator-platform/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 72 [syndication_permalink] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/16/available-from-micromech-premo-wittensteins-new-powerful-actuator-platform/ [syndication_item_hash] => 692416ce5e2f6530043460f006bb5ec7 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/wittenstein_premo_servo_actuator.jpg )

No match on https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/wittenstein_premo_servo_actuator.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

New Enclosure:

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Available from Micromech – Premo, Wittenstein’s new powerful actuator platform

Array ( [post_title] => Available from Micromech – Premo, Wittenstein’s new powerful actuator platform [post_content] =>

Absolute precision meets perfect movement: premo combines precision with motion  – as efficiently as never before

Available from Micromech – Premo, Wittenstein’s new powerful actuator platformThe central idea behind the first fully scalable servo-actuator platform from Wittenstein is an uncompromising flexibility from the viewpoint of the user. Motors and gearboxes with application related graduated performance characteristics can be configured modularly to individual motor/gearbox units. The result is a modular system that is significantly more versatile and more individual with regard to performance for the most diverse applications, that meets almost all the challenges of automation, integration and industry specification.

The core of the motor/gearbox unit is a torsionally rigid precision gearbox with low backlash and excellent torque density in conjunction with the equally powerful, permanently excited synchronous servo motor, which guarantees low cogging and a constant speed through the distributed winding.

The Premo actuator generation opens new dimensions in terms of performance with doubled power density and minimal installation space requirements. The Premo boasts increased productivity and optimised energy efficiency thanks to digital, single-cable technology providing more freedom during planning, design and storage as well as lower investment costs.

Typical fields of application:

–  Delta robot (axes 1-3, swivel axis)
–  Handling portal (Z axis, swivel/rotating)
–  Machine tool reaming
–  Tubular bag packaging
–  Folding carton packaging
–  Plastic thermoform (tool axis)
–  Intralogistics (AGV)

For more information on Wittenstein products contact Micromech sales on 01376 333333 or sales@micromech.co.uk

 

Disclaimer
The use of these images came with permission from Wittenstein.

[post_excerpt] => Absolute precision meets perfect movement: premo combines precision with motion  – as efficiently as never before The central idea behind the first fully scalable servo-actuator platform from Wittenstein is an uncompromising flexibility from the viewpoint of the user. Motors and gearboxes with application related graduated performance characteristics can be configured modularly to individual motor/gearbox units. […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-07-16 09:33:50 [post_date] => 2019-07-16 09:33:50 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-07-16 09:33:50 [post_modified] => 2019-07-16 09:33:50 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/?p=1208 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => ) [syndication_source] => Micromech Limited's space [syndication_source_uri] => https://micromech.wordpress.com [syndication_source_id] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/16/available-from-micromech-premo-wittensteins-new-powerful-actuator-platform/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/16/available-from-micromech-premo-wittensteins-new-powerful-actuator-platform/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 72 [syndication_permalink] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/16/available-from-micromech-premo-wittensteins-new-powerful-actuator-platform/ [syndication_item_hash] => 692416ce5e2f6530043460f006bb5ec7 [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 27 [1] => 97 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 3352 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Success Story from Kollmorgen – Peening extends life

Array ( [post_title] => Success Story from Kollmorgen – Peening extends life [post_content] =>

Kollmorgen - Success Story - Peening extends lifeFreymatic is building shot peening plants for the construction of aircraft engines – and, to do this, it’s opting for Motion Control by KOLLMORGEN to achieve high quality requirements

Kollmorgen - Success Story - Peening extends life

The shot needs to hit accurately. This is the only way for their power to be optimally deployed. This power does not do any damage. In fact, with each hit it makes the target stronger, more solid and tougher. And this is why accuracy, air speed and the right quantity with the right measurements are so crucial. Freymatic AG from Switzerland builds shot peening systems which extend the life of heavy-duty components including those in aircraft technology. To do this, the process, similar to a blacksmith’s hammer, produces precise compression stress on the surface. Motion Control by Kollmorgen ensures that sufficient shot reaches the target – the single cable connection technology saves valuable installation time.

“When we have a breakdown, we can’t just pull over.” Those in the know describe in one sentence the safety thinking in aviation. Anyone with a broken drive shaft managing to end up relatively unscathed with their vehicle in a field or ditch would have much further to fall if they were in a similar disaster while in the air. In the face of the serious consequences of technical faults in civil aviation, all parts of an aircraft are supplied with an abundance of safety margins. One way to make heavy-duty components even tougher against the prevailing powers is using shot peening. This process is used mainly in the construction of engines.

A chain mail made of tension forces

Using pressure, the drag is able to resist a potent force. Figuratively speaking, components are placed into chain mail. The links in the chain mail consist of compression stress which the shot peen with their kinetic energy during impact with the atomic lattice. Fatigue damages only become clear later on. “Fissures in the material occur where tensile stress is prevalent,” explains Martin Hunziker, CEO of Freymatic. The connection between tensile forces and the formation of fissures is particularly critical in the construction of aircraft since it is here that lightweight construction is required. Despite their size, the blades in an engine need to be very light. This is why they are made of a titanium alloy. The next generation of engines will be even lighter – amongst other things due to the use of titanium-based compounds. But in automotive construction, too, the process is an established manufacturing practice – specifically where fatigue resistance is required.

When it comes to shot peening, manufacturers often use Roxor systems by the Swiss firm Freymatic AG. To do this, the system builders from Domat-Ems in the canton of Graubünden place an industrial robot into a hermetically sealed chamber and fully automatically equip its wrist with up to six different spray nozzles via a mechanical exchange during the machining job. While the robot takes on the motion control along the components being blasted inside the soundproofed chamber, the pressure supply and dosage unit remain outside. The shot quantities can be selected anywhere between 1 and 10, thus achieving control deviations below three percent. This precision is necessary since it is not possible to carry out inline quality monitoring for shot peening – at least not without destroying the tool. The system operator must therefore be able to rely on the adherence to process parameters – which is why, in the field of servomotor driven dosage units, maximum precision and repeat accuracy is required. This range is achieved with a speed-controlled worm gear. The conveying screw is driven by synchronous servomotors from the KOLLMORGEN AKM series which in single cable connection technology are combined with their own AKD servo inverters.

The connection between the servo drive and the servo motor using just one cable is also an advantage for this application since the systems can be wired up more quickly while also saving space. This is because the cable typically used for feedback signals is not required.

Kollmorgen - Success Story - Peening extends life

KOLLMORGEN opts here for a slender hybrid cable for motor and feedback.

What is special about it: The single cable connection technology works even without laborious and expensive multiturn encoders. The specialists in Motion Control and servo drive technology have developed the digital resolver SFD3 for this. The interface translates the analog data of the resolver into one digital signal which it then transfers via one cable to the drives.

Tight tolerances in the dosage

Back to the peening system by Freymatic: In terms of construction, this consists of two pressure containers which act as a sluice between the unpressurized blasting shot store and the dosage which is under high pressure. The dosage powered by the AKM servomotors in the single-cable version represents a core function of the Roxor systems and, when operational, delivers shot quantities of between 0.1 and 12 kilograms per minute with an accuracy of /- 5 percent. In the mixing tube and up to the spray nozzle, the shot is accelerated up to the exit speed. This speed forms the two significant process parameters and is indirectly regulated via the spray pressure in a tight window of tolerance. The pressure thus lies between one and seven bar.

Accompanying the high adjustment range in the drive control designed by TBM Automation is above all the challenge of being both delicate and fast. To do this, the drive axles regulate the speed of the dosing screw via the signals from throughput sensors. “If there is too much material, the speed drops and vice versa,” explains Silvester Tribus, managing director of TBM Automation AG. The company from Widnau, south of Lake Constance, has been working closely with Freymatic for some time already as a system integrator. The specialists in Motion Control and servo drive technology belong to the group of certified system and distribution partners of KOLLMORGEN with highly specialized engineering competence.

Precision from zero speed

To ensure that the adjustment is carried out swiftly and precisely, Urs Tobler, from the TBM management team and specializing in control technology in blasting systems, has equipped the Motion Control with a few special features. “After all, we want the system to start up quickly and need a correspondingly short amount of time until the quantity and pressure have precisely engaged.” Urs Tobler looks back to make a comparison with a time when dosage drives were still driven by DC motors which were hard to regulate, especially with small quantities, and only delivered reliable values in the upper speed range. With an additional linearization of the control performance with analog values, using the KOLLMORGEN AKM motors, it has now been possible to “be precise even from zero speed upwards.” This control quality is said to make the process reliable across the entire adjustment range. This aspect is particularly relevant for shot peening since, after peening, it is not possible to carry out a quality analysis without damaging components.

Shot firing which is too low also results in poor values, following the motto “more is more”. To determine where the optimum value lies, system operators can only do this with “Almen strips”, thus measuring the effect of the shot impact by the distortion of a standardized surface. The Almen values determined by the distortion of a metal measurement strip then provide conclusions as to the effectiveness of the process. This must later precisely and continuously follow the previously determined key values so that the desired effects of the compression stress is set. In a further consequence, this process only functions in conjunction with regular calibration.

Conclusion

The complex processes in the mechanical strengthening of metal components using shot peening shows what a significant role the precise and, above all, repeat accurate servo drive technology plays. The automation conceived by TBM Automation AG for Freymatic AG is also set up in a user-friendly way for the operator and offers a cleanly structured visualization.

Author: Martin Zimmerman, Key Account Manager, KOLLMORGEN Switzerland

 

Disclaimer
The use of this news article and images came with permission from Kollmorgen.

[post_excerpt] => Freymatic is building shot peening plants for the construction of aircraft engines – and, to do this, it’s opting for Motion Control by KOLLMORGEN to achieve high quality requirements The shot needs to hit accurately. This is the only way for their power to be optimally deployed. This power does not do any damage. In […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-07-10 10:27:44 [post_date] => 2019-07-10 10:27:44 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-07-10 10:27:44 [post_modified] => 2019-07-10 10:27:44 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/?p=1206 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/koll_success_story_peening_3.jpg [2] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/koll_success_story_peening.jpg [3] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/koll_success_story_peening_1.jpg ) [syndication_source] => Micromech Limited's space [syndication_source_uri] => https://micromech.wordpress.com [syndication_source_id] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/10/success-story-from-kollmorgen-peening-extends-life/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/10/success-story-from-kollmorgen-peening-extends-life/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 72 [syndication_permalink] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/10/success-story-from-kollmorgen-peening-extends-life/ [syndication_item_hash] => a544cf8dfe1c0850f40f1ffae098542f ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 27 [1] => 97 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 3352 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/koll_success_story_peening_3.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/koll_success_story_peening_3.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : Kollmorgen - Success Story - Peening extends life - Kollmorgen - Success Story - Peening extends life ON

Kollmorgen - Success Story - Peening extends lifeFreymatic is building shot peening plants for the construction of aircraft engines – and, to do this, it’s opting for Motion Control by KOLLMORGEN to achieve high quality requirements

Kollmorgen - Success Story - Peening extends life

The shot needs to hit accurately. This is the only way for their power to be optimally deployed. This power does not do any damage. In fact, with each hit it makes the target stronger, more solid and tougher. And this is why accuracy, air speed and the right quantity with the right measurements are so crucial. Freymatic AG from Switzerland builds shot peening systems which extend the life of heavy-duty components including those in aircraft technology. To do this, the process, similar to a blacksmith’s hammer, produces precise compression stress on the surface. Motion Control by Kollmorgen ensures that sufficient shot reaches the target – the single cable connection technology saves valuable installation time.

“When we have a breakdown, we can’t just pull over.” Those in the know describe in one sentence the safety thinking in aviation. Anyone with a broken drive shaft managing to end up relatively unscathed with their vehicle in a field or ditch would have much further to fall if they were in a similar disaster while in the air. In the face of the serious consequences of technical faults in civil aviation, all parts of an aircraft are supplied with an abundance of safety margins. One way to make heavy-duty components even tougher against the prevailing powers is using shot peening. This process is used mainly in the construction of engines.

A chain mail made of tension forces

Using pressure, the drag is able to resist a potent force. Figuratively speaking, components are placed into chain mail. The links in the chain mail consist of compression stress which the shot peen with their kinetic energy during impact with the atomic lattice. Fatigue damages only become clear later on. “Fissures in the material occur where tensile stress is prevalent,” explains Martin Hunziker, CEO of Freymatic. The connection between tensile forces and the formation of fissures is particularly critical in the construction of aircraft since it is here that lightweight construction is required. Despite their size, the blades in an engine need to be very light. This is why they are made of a titanium alloy. The next generation of engines will be even lighter – amongst other things due to the use of titanium-based compounds. But in automotive construction, too, the process is an established manufacturing practice – specifically where fatigue resistance is required.

When it comes to shot peening, manufacturers often use Roxor systems by the Swiss firm Freymatic AG. To do this, the system builders from Domat-Ems in the canton of Graubünden place an industrial robot into a hermetically sealed chamber and fully automatically equip its wrist with up to six different spray nozzles via a mechanical exchange during the machining job. While the robot takes on the motion control along the components being blasted inside the soundproofed chamber, the pressure supply and dosage unit remain outside. The shot quantities can be selected anywhere between 1 and 10, thus achieving control deviations below three percent. This precision is necessary since it is not possible to carry out inline quality monitoring for shot peening – at least not without destroying the tool. The system operator must therefore be able to rely on the adherence to process parameters – which is why, in the field of servomotor driven dosage units, maximum precision and repeat accuracy is required. This range is achieved with a speed-controlled worm gear. The conveying screw is driven by synchronous servomotors from the KOLLMORGEN AKM series which in single cable connection technology are combined with their own AKD servo inverters.

The connection between the servo drive and the servo motor using just one cable is also an advantage for this application since the systems can be wired up more quickly while also saving space. This is because the cable typically used for feedback signals is not required.

Kollmorgen - Success Story - Peening extends life

KOLLMORGEN opts here for a slender hybrid cable for motor and feedback.

What is special about it: The single cable connection technology works even without laborious and expensive multiturn encoders. The specialists in Motion Control and servo drive technology have developed the digital resolver SFD3 for this. The interface translates the analog data of the resolver into one digital signal which it then transfers via one cable to the drives.

Tight tolerances in the dosage

Back to the peening system by Freymatic: In terms of construction, this consists of two pressure containers which act as a sluice between the unpressurized blasting shot store and the dosage which is under high pressure. The dosage powered by the AKM servomotors in the single-cable version represents a core function of the Roxor systems and, when operational, delivers shot quantities of between 0.1 and 12 kilograms per minute with an accuracy of /- 5 percent. In the mixing tube and up to the spray nozzle, the shot is accelerated up to the exit speed. This speed forms the two significant process parameters and is indirectly regulated via the spray pressure in a tight window of tolerance. The pressure thus lies between one and seven bar.

Accompanying the high adjustment range in the drive control designed by TBM Automation is above all the challenge of being both delicate and fast. To do this, the drive axles regulate the speed of the dosing screw via the signals from throughput sensors. “If there is too much material, the speed drops and vice versa,” explains Silvester Tribus, managing director of TBM Automation AG. The company from Widnau, south of Lake Constance, has been working closely with Freymatic for some time already as a system integrator. The specialists in Motion Control and servo drive technology belong to the group of certified system and distribution partners of KOLLMORGEN with highly specialized engineering competence.

Precision from zero speed

To ensure that the adjustment is carried out swiftly and precisely, Urs Tobler, from the TBM management team and specializing in control technology in blasting systems, has equipped the Motion Control with a few special features. “After all, we want the system to start up quickly and need a correspondingly short amount of time until the quantity and pressure have precisely engaged.” Urs Tobler looks back to make a comparison with a time when dosage drives were still driven by DC motors which were hard to regulate, especially with small quantities, and only delivered reliable values in the upper speed range. With an additional linearization of the control performance with analog values, using the KOLLMORGEN AKM motors, it has now been possible to “be precise even from zero speed upwards.” This control quality is said to make the process reliable across the entire adjustment range. This aspect is particularly relevant for shot peening since, after peening, it is not possible to carry out a quality analysis without damaging components.

Shot firing which is too low also results in poor values, following the motto “more is more”. To determine where the optimum value lies, system operators can only do this with “Almen strips”, thus measuring the effect of the shot impact by the distortion of a standardized surface. The Almen values determined by the distortion of a metal measurement strip then provide conclusions as to the effectiveness of the process. This must later precisely and continuously follow the previously determined key values so that the desired effects of the compression stress is set. In a further consequence, this process only functions in conjunction with regular calibration.

Conclusion

The complex processes in the mechanical strengthening of metal components using shot peening shows what a significant role the precise and, above all, repeat accurate servo drive technology plays. The automation conceived by TBM Automation AG for Freymatic AG is also set up in a user-friendly way for the operator and offers a cleanly structured visualization.

Author: Martin Zimmerman, Key Account Manager, KOLLMORGEN Switzerland

 

Disclaimer
The use of this news article and images came with permission from Kollmorgen.

Local save:https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/koll_success_story_peening.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/koll_success_story_peening.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : Kollmorgen - Success Story - Peening extends life - Kollmorgen - Success Story - Peening extends life ON

Success Story from Kollmorgen – Peening extends lifeFreymatic is building shot peening plants for the construction of aircraft engines – and, to do this, it’s opting for Motion Control by KOLLMORGEN to achieve high quality requirements

Kollmorgen - Success Story - Peening extends life

The shot needs to hit accurately. This is the only way for their power to be optimally deployed. This power does not do any damage. In fact, with each hit it makes the target stronger, more solid and tougher. And this is why accuracy, air speed and the right quantity with the right measurements are so crucial. Freymatic AG from Switzerland builds shot peening systems which extend the life of heavy-duty components including those in aircraft technology. To do this, the process, similar to a blacksmith’s hammer, produces precise compression stress on the surface. Motion Control by Kollmorgen ensures that sufficient shot reaches the target – the single cable connection technology saves valuable installation time.

“When we have a breakdown, we can’t just pull over.” Those in the know describe in one sentence the safety thinking in aviation. Anyone with a broken drive shaft managing to end up relatively unscathed with their vehicle in a field or ditch would have much further to fall if they were in a similar disaster while in the air. In the face of the serious consequences of technical faults in civil aviation, all parts of an aircraft are supplied with an abundance of safety margins. One way to make heavy-duty components even tougher against the prevailing powers is using shot peening. This process is used mainly in the construction of engines.

A chain mail made of tension forces

Using pressure, the drag is able to resist a potent force. Figuratively speaking, components are placed into chain mail. The links in the chain mail consist of compression stress which the shot peen with their kinetic energy during impact with the atomic lattice. Fatigue damages only become clear later on. “Fissures in the material occur where tensile stress is prevalent,” explains Martin Hunziker, CEO of Freymatic. The connection between tensile forces and the formation of fissures is particularly critical in the construction of aircraft since it is here that lightweight construction is required. Despite their size, the blades in an engine need to be very light. This is why they are made of a titanium alloy. The next generation of engines will be even lighter – amongst other things due to the use of titanium-based compounds. But in automotive construction, too, the process is an established manufacturing practice – specifically where fatigue resistance is required.

When it comes to shot peening, manufacturers often use Roxor systems by the Swiss firm Freymatic AG. To do this, the system builders from Domat-Ems in the canton of Graubünden place an industrial robot into a hermetically sealed chamber and fully automatically equip its wrist with up to six different spray nozzles via a mechanical exchange during the machining job. While the robot takes on the motion control along the components being blasted inside the soundproofed chamber, the pressure supply and dosage unit remain outside. The shot quantities can be selected anywhere between 1 and 10, thus achieving control deviations below three percent. This precision is necessary since it is not possible to carry out inline quality monitoring for shot peening – at least not without destroying the tool. The system operator must therefore be able to rely on the adherence to process parameters – which is why, in the field of servomotor driven dosage units, maximum precision and repeat accuracy is required. This range is achieved with a speed-controlled worm gear. The conveying screw is driven by synchronous servomotors from the KOLLMORGEN AKM series which in single cable connection technology are combined with their own AKD servo inverters.

The connection between the servo drive and the servo motor using just one cable is also an advantage for this application since the systems can be wired up more quickly while also saving space. This is because the cable typically used for feedback signals is not required.

Kollmorgen - Success Story - Peening extends life

KOLLMORGEN opts here for a slender hybrid cable for motor and feedback.

What is special about it: The single cable connection technology works even without laborious and expensive multiturn encoders. The specialists in Motion Control and servo drive technology have developed the digital resolver SFD3 for this. The interface translates the analog data of the resolver into one digital signal which it then transfers via one cable to the drives.

Tight tolerances in the dosage

Back to the peening system by Freymatic: In terms of construction, this consists of two pressure containers which act as a sluice between the unpressurized blasting shot store and the dosage which is under high pressure. The dosage powered by the AKM servomotors in the single-cable version represents a core function of the Roxor systems and, when operational, delivers shot quantities of between 0.1 and 12 kilograms per minute with an accuracy of /- 5 percent. In the mixing tube and up to the spray nozzle, the shot is accelerated up to the exit speed. This speed forms the two significant process parameters and is indirectly regulated via the spray pressure in a tight window of tolerance. The pressure thus lies between one and seven bar.

Accompanying the high adjustment range in the drive control designed by TBM Automation is above all the challenge of being both delicate and fast. To do this, the drive axles regulate the speed of the dosing screw via the signals from throughput sensors. “If there is too much material, the speed drops and vice versa,” explains Silvester Tribus, managing director of TBM Automation AG. The company from Widnau, south of Lake Constance, has been working closely with Freymatic for some time already as a system integrator. The specialists in Motion Control and servo drive technology belong to the group of certified system and distribution partners of KOLLMORGEN with highly specialized engineering competence.

Precision from zero speed

To ensure that the adjustment is carried out swiftly and precisely, Urs Tobler, from the TBM management team and specializing in control technology in blasting systems, has equipped the Motion Control with a few special features. “After all, we want the system to start up quickly and need a correspondingly short amount of time until the quantity and pressure have precisely engaged.” Urs Tobler looks back to make a comparison with a time when dosage drives were still driven by DC motors which were hard to regulate, especially with small quantities, and only delivered reliable values in the upper speed range. With an additional linearization of the control performance with analog values, using the KOLLMORGEN AKM motors, it has now been possible to “be precise even from zero speed upwards.” This control quality is said to make the process reliable across the entire adjustment range. This aspect is particularly relevant for shot peening since, after peening, it is not possible to carry out a quality analysis without damaging components.

Shot firing which is too low also results in poor values, following the motto “more is more”. To determine where the optimum value lies, system operators can only do this with “Almen strips”, thus measuring the effect of the shot impact by the distortion of a standardized surface. The Almen values determined by the distortion of a metal measurement strip then provide conclusions as to the effectiveness of the process. This must later precisely and continuously follow the previously determined key values so that the desired effects of the compression stress is set. In a further consequence, this process only functions in conjunction with regular calibration.

Conclusion

The complex processes in the mechanical strengthening of metal components using shot peening shows what a significant role the precise and, above all, repeat accurate servo drive technology plays. The automation conceived by TBM Automation AG for Freymatic AG is also set up in a user-friendly way for the operator and offers a cleanly structured visualization.

Author: Martin Zimmerman, Key Account Manager, KOLLMORGEN Switzerland

 

Disclaimer
The use of this news article and images came with permission from Kollmorgen.

Local save:https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/koll_success_story_peening_1.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/koll_success_story_peening_1.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : Kollmorgen - Success Story - Peening extends life - Kollmorgen - Success Story - Peening extends life ON

Success Story from Kollmorgen – Peening extends lifeFreymatic is building shot peening plants for the construction of aircraft engines – and, to do this, it’s opting for Motion Control by KOLLMORGEN to achieve high quality requirements

Success Story from Kollmorgen – Peening extends life

The shot needs to hit accurately. This is the only way for their power to be optimally deployed. This power does not do any damage. In fact, with each hit it makes the target stronger, more solid and tougher. And this is why accuracy, air speed and the right quantity with the right measurements are so crucial. Freymatic AG from Switzerland builds shot peening systems which extend the life of heavy-duty components including those in aircraft technology. To do this, the process, similar to a blacksmith’s hammer, produces precise compression stress on the surface. Motion Control by Kollmorgen ensures that sufficient shot reaches the target – the single cable connection technology saves valuable installation time.

“When we have a breakdown, we can’t just pull over.” Those in the know describe in one sentence the safety thinking in aviation. Anyone with a broken drive shaft managing to end up relatively unscathed with their vehicle in a field or ditch would have much further to fall if they were in a similar disaster while in the air. In the face of the serious consequences of technical faults in civil aviation, all parts of an aircraft are supplied with an abundance of safety margins. One way to make heavy-duty components even tougher against the prevailing powers is using shot peening. This process is used mainly in the construction of engines.

A chain mail made of tension forces

Using pressure, the drag is able to resist a potent force. Figuratively speaking, components are placed into chain mail. The links in the chain mail consist of compression stress which the shot peen with their kinetic energy during impact with the atomic lattice. Fatigue damages only become clear later on. “Fissures in the material occur where tensile stress is prevalent,” explains Martin Hunziker, CEO of Freymatic. The connection between tensile forces and the formation of fissures is particularly critical in the construction of aircraft since it is here that lightweight construction is required. Despite their size, the blades in an engine need to be very light. This is why they are made of a titanium alloy. The next generation of engines will be even lighter – amongst other things due to the use of titanium-based compounds. But in automotive construction, too, the process is an established manufacturing practice – specifically where fatigue resistance is required.

When it comes to shot peening, manufacturers often use Roxor systems by the Swiss firm Freymatic AG. To do this, the system builders from Domat-Ems in the canton of Graubünden place an industrial robot into a hermetically sealed chamber and fully automatically equip its wrist with up to six different spray nozzles via a mechanical exchange during the machining job. While the robot takes on the motion control along the components being blasted inside the soundproofed chamber, the pressure supply and dosage unit remain outside. The shot quantities can be selected anywhere between 1 and 10, thus achieving control deviations below three percent. This precision is necessary since it is not possible to carry out inline quality monitoring for shot peening – at least not without destroying the tool. The system operator must therefore be able to rely on the adherence to process parameters – which is why, in the field of servomotor driven dosage units, maximum precision and repeat accuracy is required. This range is achieved with a speed-controlled worm gear. The conveying screw is driven by synchronous servomotors from the KOLLMORGEN AKM series which in single cable connection technology are combined with their own AKD servo inverters.

The connection between the servo drive and the servo motor using just one cable is also an advantage for this application since the systems can be wired up more quickly while also saving space. This is because the cable typically used for feedback signals is not required.

Kollmorgen - Success Story - Peening extends life

KOLLMORGEN opts here for a slender hybrid cable for motor and feedback.

What is special about it: The single cable connection technology works even without laborious and expensive multiturn encoders. The specialists in Motion Control and servo drive technology have developed the digital resolver SFD3 for this. The interface translates the analog data of the resolver into one digital signal which it then transfers via one cable to the drives.

Tight tolerances in the dosage

Back to the peening system by Freymatic: In terms of construction, this consists of two pressure containers which act as a sluice between the unpressurized blasting shot store and the dosage which is under high pressure. The dosage powered by the AKM servomotors in the single-cable version represents a core function of the Roxor systems and, when operational, delivers shot quantities of between 0.1 and 12 kilograms per minute with an accuracy of /- 5 percent. In the mixing tube and up to the spray nozzle, the shot is accelerated up to the exit speed. This speed forms the two significant process parameters and is indirectly regulated via the spray pressure in a tight window of tolerance. The pressure thus lies between one and seven bar.

Accompanying the high adjustment range in the drive control designed by TBM Automation is above all the challenge of being both delicate and fast. To do this, the drive axles regulate the speed of the dosing screw via the signals from throughput sensors. “If there is too much material, the speed drops and vice versa,” explains Silvester Tribus, managing director of TBM Automation AG. The company from Widnau, south of Lake Constance, has been working closely with Freymatic for some time already as a system integrator. The specialists in Motion Control and servo drive technology belong to the group of certified system and distribution partners of KOLLMORGEN with highly specialized engineering competence.

Precision from zero speed

To ensure that the adjustment is carried out swiftly and precisely, Urs Tobler, from the TBM management team and specializing in control technology in blasting systems, has equipped the Motion Control with a few special features. “After all, we want the system to start up quickly and need a correspondingly short amount of time until the quantity and pressure have precisely engaged.” Urs Tobler looks back to make a comparison with a time when dosage drives were still driven by DC motors which were hard to regulate, especially with small quantities, and only delivered reliable values in the upper speed range. With an additional linearization of the control performance with analog values, using the KOLLMORGEN AKM motors, it has now been possible to “be precise even from zero speed upwards.” This control quality is said to make the process reliable across the entire adjustment range. This aspect is particularly relevant for shot peening since, after peening, it is not possible to carry out a quality analysis without damaging components.

Shot firing which is too low also results in poor values, following the motto “more is more”. To determine where the optimum value lies, system operators can only do this with “Almen strips”, thus measuring the effect of the shot impact by the distortion of a standardized surface. The Almen values determined by the distortion of a metal measurement strip then provide conclusions as to the effectiveness of the process. This must later precisely and continuously follow the previously determined key values so that the desired effects of the compression stress is set. In a further consequence, this process only functions in conjunction with regular calibration.

Conclusion

The complex processes in the mechanical strengthening of metal components using shot peening shows what a significant role the precise and, above all, repeat accurate servo drive technology plays. The automation conceived by TBM Automation AG for Freymatic AG is also set up in a user-friendly way for the operator and offers a cleanly structured visualization.

Author: Martin Zimmerman, Key Account Manager, KOLLMORGEN Switzerland

 

Disclaimer
The use of this news article and images came with permission from Kollmorgen.

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/koll_success_story_peening_3.jpg [2] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/koll_success_story_peening.jpg [3] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/koll_success_story_peening_1.jpg ) [syndication_source] => Micromech Limited's space [syndication_source_uri] => https://micromech.wordpress.com [syndication_source_id] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/10/success-story-from-kollmorgen-peening-extends-life/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/10/success-story-from-kollmorgen-peening-extends-life/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 72 [syndication_permalink] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/10/success-story-from-kollmorgen-peening-extends-life/ [syndication_item_hash] => a544cf8dfe1c0850f40f1ffae098542f )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/koll_success_story_peening_3.jpg [2] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/koll_success_story_peening.jpg [3] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/koll_success_story_peening_1.jpg )

No match on https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/koll_success_story_peening_3.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

New Enclosure:

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/koll_success_story_peening.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

New Enclosure:

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/koll_success_story_peening_1.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

New Enclosure:

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Success Story from Kollmorgen – Peening extends life

Array ( [post_title] => Success Story from Kollmorgen – Peening extends life [post_content] =>

Success Story from Kollmorgen – Peening extends lifeFreymatic is building shot peening plants for the construction of aircraft engines – and, to do this, it’s opting for Motion Control by KOLLMORGEN to achieve high quality requirements

Success Story from Kollmorgen – Peening extends life

The shot needs to hit accurately. This is the only way for their power to be optimally deployed. This power does not do any damage. In fact, with each hit it makes the target stronger, more solid and tougher. And this is why accuracy, air speed and the right quantity with the right measurements are so crucial. Freymatic AG from Switzerland builds shot peening systems which extend the life of heavy-duty components including those in aircraft technology. To do this, the process, similar to a blacksmith’s hammer, produces precise compression stress on the surface. Motion Control by Kollmorgen ensures that sufficient shot reaches the target – the single cable connection technology saves valuable installation time.

“When we have a breakdown, we can’t just pull over.” Those in the know describe in one sentence the safety thinking in aviation. Anyone with a broken drive shaft managing to end up relatively unscathed with their vehicle in a field or ditch would have much further to fall if they were in a similar disaster while in the air. In the face of the serious consequences of technical faults in civil aviation, all parts of an aircraft are supplied with an abundance of safety margins. One way to make heavy-duty components even tougher against the prevailing powers is using shot peening. This process is used mainly in the construction of engines.

A chain mail made of tension forces

Using pressure, the drag is able to resist a potent force. Figuratively speaking, components are placed into chain mail. The links in the chain mail consist of compression stress which the shot peen with their kinetic energy during impact with the atomic lattice. Fatigue damages only become clear later on. “Fissures in the material occur where tensile stress is prevalent,” explains Martin Hunziker, CEO of Freymatic. The connection between tensile forces and the formation of fissures is particularly critical in the construction of aircraft since it is here that lightweight construction is required. Despite their size, the blades in an engine need to be very light. This is why they are made of a titanium alloy. The next generation of engines will be even lighter – amongst other things due to the use of titanium-based compounds. But in automotive construction, too, the process is an established manufacturing practice – specifically where fatigue resistance is required.

When it comes to shot peening, manufacturers often use Roxor systems by the Swiss firm Freymatic AG. To do this, the system builders from Domat-Ems in the canton of Graubünden place an industrial robot into a hermetically sealed chamber and fully automatically equip its wrist with up to six different spray nozzles via a mechanical exchange during the machining job. While the robot takes on the motion control along the components being blasted inside the soundproofed chamber, the pressure supply and dosage unit remain outside. The shot quantities can be selected anywhere between 1 and 10, thus achieving control deviations below three percent. This precision is necessary since it is not possible to carry out inline quality monitoring for shot peening – at least not without destroying the tool. The system operator must therefore be able to rely on the adherence to process parameters – which is why, in the field of servomotor driven dosage units, maximum precision and repeat accuracy is required. This range is achieved with a speed-controlled worm gear. The conveying screw is driven by synchronous servomotors from the KOLLMORGEN AKM series which in single cable connection technology are combined with their own AKD servo inverters.

The connection between the servo drive and the servo motor using just one cable is also an advantage for this application since the systems can be wired up more quickly while also saving space. This is because the cable typically used for feedback signals is not required.

Success Story from Kollmorgen – Peening extends life

KOLLMORGEN opts here for a slender hybrid cable for motor and feedback.

What is special about it: The single cable connection technology works even without laborious and expensive multiturn encoders. The specialists in Motion Control and servo drive technology have developed the digital resolver SFD3 for this. The interface translates the analog data of the resolver into one digital signal which it then transfers via one cable to the drives.

Tight tolerances in the dosage

Back to the peening system by Freymatic: In terms of construction, this consists of two pressure containers which act as a sluice between the unpressurized blasting shot store and the dosage which is under high pressure. The dosage powered by the AKM servomotors in the single-cable version represents a core function of the Roxor systems and, when operational, delivers shot quantities of between 0.1 and 12 kilograms per minute with an accuracy of /- 5 percent. In the mixing tube and up to the spray nozzle, the shot is accelerated up to the exit speed. This speed forms the two significant process parameters and is indirectly regulated via the spray pressure in a tight window of tolerance. The pressure thus lies between one and seven bar.

Accompanying the high adjustment range in the drive control designed by TBM Automation is above all the challenge of being both delicate and fast. To do this, the drive axles regulate the speed of the dosing screw via the signals from throughput sensors. “If there is too much material, the speed drops and vice versa,” explains Silvester Tribus, managing director of TBM Automation AG. The company from Widnau, south of Lake Constance, has been working closely with Freymatic for some time already as a system integrator. The specialists in Motion Control and servo drive technology belong to the group of certified system and distribution partners of KOLLMORGEN with highly specialized engineering competence.

Precision from zero speed

To ensure that the adjustment is carried out swiftly and precisely, Urs Tobler, from the TBM management team and specializing in control technology in blasting systems, has equipped the Motion Control with a few special features. “After all, we want the system to start up quickly and need a correspondingly short amount of time until the quantity and pressure have precisely engaged.” Urs Tobler looks back to make a comparison with a time when dosage drives were still driven by DC motors which were hard to regulate, especially with small quantities, and only delivered reliable values in the upper speed range. With an additional linearization of the control performance with analog values, using the KOLLMORGEN AKM motors, it has now been possible to “be precise even from zero speed upwards.” This control quality is said to make the process reliable across the entire adjustment range. This aspect is particularly relevant for shot peening since, after peening, it is not possible to carry out a quality analysis without damaging components.

Shot firing which is too low also results in poor values, following the motto “more is more”. To determine where the optimum value lies, system operators can only do this with “Almen strips”, thus measuring the effect of the shot impact by the distortion of a standardized surface. The Almen values determined by the distortion of a metal measurement strip then provide conclusions as to the effectiveness of the process. This must later precisely and continuously follow the previously determined key values so that the desired effects of the compression stress is set. In a further consequence, this process only functions in conjunction with regular calibration.

Conclusion

The complex processes in the mechanical strengthening of metal components using shot peening shows what a significant role the precise and, above all, repeat accurate servo drive technology plays. The automation conceived by TBM Automation AG for Freymatic AG is also set up in a user-friendly way for the operator and offers a cleanly structured visualization.

Author: Martin Zimmerman, Key Account Manager, KOLLMORGEN Switzerland

 

Disclaimer
The use of this news article and images came with permission from Kollmorgen.

[post_excerpt] => Freymatic is building shot peening plants for the construction of aircraft engines – and, to do this, it’s opting for Motion Control by KOLLMORGEN to achieve high quality requirements The shot needs to hit accurately. This is the only way for their power to be optimally deployed. This power does not do any damage. In […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-07-10 10:27:44 [post_date] => 2019-07-10 10:27:44 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-07-10 10:27:44 [post_modified] => 2019-07-10 10:27:44 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/?p=1206 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => [2] => [3] => ) [syndication_source] => Micromech Limited's space [syndication_source_uri] => https://micromech.wordpress.com [syndication_source_id] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/10/success-story-from-kollmorgen-peening-extends-life/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/10/success-story-from-kollmorgen-peening-extends-life/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 72 [syndication_permalink] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/10/success-story-from-kollmorgen-peening-extends-life/ [syndication_item_hash] => a544cf8dfe1c0850f40f1ffae098542f [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0,0,0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 27 [1] => 97 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 3352 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

RTA’s CSD range of high quality, cost effective stepper drives with EtherCAT available from Micromech

Array ( [post_title] => RTA’s CSD range of high quality, cost effective stepper drives with EtherCAT available from Micromech [post_content] =>

RTA - CSD Stepper

Overview
The CSD series of stepper drives from RTA is a range of ministep bipolar chopper drives suitable for driving medium-low power two-phase stepper motors with four, six or eight terminals

The drives are compact, easy to use and cost effective. They designed for easy backplate mounting. They are ideally suited to low power applications requiring precision, smoothness and low acoustic noise.

Features

For details of the full RTA email sales@micromech.co.uk or for technical help call 01376 333333.

RTA

[post_excerpt] => Overview The CSD series of stepper drives from RTA is a range of ministep bipolar chopper drives suitable for driving medium-low power two-phase stepper motors with four, six or eight terminals The drives are compact, easy to use and cost effective. They designed for easy backplate mounting. They are ideally suited to low power applications […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-07-08 11:21:22 [post_date] => 2019-07-08 11:21:22 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-07-08 11:21:22 [post_modified] => 2019-07-08 11:21:22 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/?p=1204 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_csd_stepper_drive.jpg [2] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_csd_stepper_drive_1.jpg [3] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_csd_stepper_drive_2.jpg [4] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_csd_stepper_drive_3.jpg ) [syndication_source] => Micromech Limited's space [syndication_source_uri] => https://micromech.wordpress.com [syndication_source_id] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/08/rtas-csd-range-of-high-quality-cost-effective-stepper-drives-with-ethercat-available-from-micromech/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/08/rtas-csd-range-of-high-quality-cost-effective-stepper-drives-with-ethercat-available-from-micromech/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 72 [syndication_permalink] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/08/rtas-csd-range-of-high-quality-cost-effective-stepper-drives-with-ethercat-available-from-micromech/ [syndication_item_hash] => 50813e0949a446b95697000fc71bb469 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 27 [1] => 97 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 3352 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_csd_stepper_drive.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_csd_stepper_drive.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : RTA - CSD Stepper - RTA - CSD Stepper ON

RTA - CSD Stepper

Overview
The CSD series of stepper drives from RTA is a range of ministep bipolar chopper drives suitable for driving medium-low power two-phase stepper motors with four, six or eight terminals

The drives are compact, easy to use and cost effective. They designed for easy backplate mounting. They are ideally suited to low power applications requiring precision, smoothness and low acoustic noise.

Features

For details of the full RTA email sales@micromech.co.uk or for technical help call 01376 333333.

RTA

Local save:https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_csd_stepper_drive_1.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_csd_stepper_drive_1.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

RTA’s CSD range of high quality, cost effective stepper drives with EtherCAT available from Micromech

Overview
The CSD series of stepper drives from RTA is a range of ministep bipolar chopper drives suitable for driving medium-low power two-phase stepper motors with four, six or eight terminals

The drives are compact, easy to use and cost effective. They designed for easy backplate mounting. They are ideally suited to low power applications requiring precision, smoothness and low acoustic noise.

Features

For details of the full RTA email sales@micromech.co.uk or for technical help call 01376 333333.

RTA

Local save:https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_csd_stepper_drive_2.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_csd_stepper_drive_2.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

RTA’s CSD range of high quality, cost effective stepper drives with EtherCAT available from Micromech

Overview
The CSD series of stepper drives from RTA is a range of ministep bipolar chopper drives suitable for driving medium-low power two-phase stepper motors with four, six or eight terminals

The drives are compact, easy to use and cost effective. They designed for easy backplate mounting. They are ideally suited to low power applications requiring precision, smoothness and low acoustic noise.

Features

RTA’s CSD range of high quality, cost effective stepper drives with EtherCAT available from Micromech

For details of the full RTA email sales@micromech.co.uk or for technical help call 01376 333333.

RTA

Local save:https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_csd_stepper_drive_3.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_csd_stepper_drive_3.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : RTA - RTA ON

RTA’s CSD range of high quality, cost effective stepper drives with EtherCAT available from Micromech

Overview
The CSD series of stepper drives from RTA is a range of ministep bipolar chopper drives suitable for driving medium-low power two-phase stepper motors with four, six or eight terminals

The drives are compact, easy to use and cost effective. They designed for easy backplate mounting. They are ideally suited to low power applications requiring precision, smoothness and low acoustic noise.

Features

RTA’s CSD range of high quality, cost effective stepper drives with EtherCAT available from Micromech
RTA’s CSD range of high quality, cost effective stepper drives with EtherCAT available from Micromech

For details of the full RTA email sales@micromech.co.uk or for technical help call 01376 333333.

RTA

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_csd_stepper_drive.jpg [2] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_csd_stepper_drive_1.jpg [3] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_csd_stepper_drive_2.jpg [4] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_csd_stepper_drive_3.jpg ) [syndication_source] => Micromech Limited's space [syndication_source_uri] => https://micromech.wordpress.com [syndication_source_id] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/08/rtas-csd-range-of-high-quality-cost-effective-stepper-drives-with-ethercat-available-from-micromech/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/08/rtas-csd-range-of-high-quality-cost-effective-stepper-drives-with-ethercat-available-from-micromech/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 72 [syndication_permalink] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/08/rtas-csd-range-of-high-quality-cost-effective-stepper-drives-with-ethercat-available-from-micromech/ [syndication_item_hash] => 50813e0949a446b95697000fc71bb469 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_csd_stepper_drive.jpg [2] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_csd_stepper_drive_1.jpg [3] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_csd_stepper_drive_2.jpg [4] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_csd_stepper_drive_3.jpg )

No match on https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_csd_stepper_drive.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

New Enclosure:

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_csd_stepper_drive_1.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

New Enclosure:

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_csd_stepper_drive_2.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

New Enclosure:

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_csd_stepper_drive_3.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

New Enclosure:

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :RTA’s CSD range of high quality, cost effective stepper drives with EtherCAT available from Micromech

Array ( [post_title] => RTA’s CSD range of high quality, cost effective stepper drives with EtherCAT available from Micromech [post_content] =>

RTA’s CSD range of high quality, cost effective stepper drives with EtherCAT available from Micromech

Overview
The CSD series of stepper drives from RTA is a range of ministep bipolar chopper drives suitable for driving medium-low power two-phase stepper motors with four, six or eight terminals

The drives are compact, easy to use and cost effective. They designed for easy backplate mounting. They are ideally suited to low power applications requiring precision, smoothness and low acoustic noise.

Features

RTA’s CSD range of high quality, cost effective stepper drives with EtherCAT available from Micromech
RTA’s CSD range of high quality, cost effective stepper drives with EtherCAT available from Micromech

For details of the full RTA email sales@micromech.co.uk or for technical help call 01376 333333.

RTA’s CSD range of high quality, cost effective stepper drives with EtherCAT available from Micromech

[post_excerpt] => Overview The CSD series of stepper drives from RTA is a range of ministep bipolar chopper drives suitable for driving medium-low power two-phase stepper motors with four, six or eight terminals The drives are compact, easy to use and cost effective. They designed for easy backplate mounting. They are ideally suited to low power applications […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-07-08 11:21:22 [post_date] => 2019-07-08 11:21:22 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-07-08 11:21:22 [post_modified] => 2019-07-08 11:21:22 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/?p=1204 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => [2] => [3] => [4] => ) [syndication_source] => Micromech Limited's space [syndication_source_uri] => https://micromech.wordpress.com [syndication_source_id] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/08/rtas-csd-range-of-high-quality-cost-effective-stepper-drives-with-ethercat-available-from-micromech/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/08/rtas-csd-range-of-high-quality-cost-effective-stepper-drives-with-ethercat-available-from-micromech/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 72 [syndication_permalink] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/08/rtas-csd-range-of-high-quality-cost-effective-stepper-drives-with-ethercat-available-from-micromech/ [syndication_item_hash] => 50813e0949a446b95697000fc71bb469 [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0,0,0,0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 27 [1] => 97 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 3352 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

New from Trio, the MC6N-ECAT Mini Master

Array ( [post_title] => New from Trio, the MC6N-ECAT Mini Master [post_content] =>

The MC6N is a high performance Motion Coordinator dedicated to running remote servo and stepper drives via the EtherCAT real time automation bus. It is based on the 1GHz i.MX7 Dual ARM Cortex A7 Core Processor making it ideal for machines with high numbers of axes or robotic applications.
Trio MC6N-ECATHighlights

Plug and Play

The MC6N supports up to 64 axes of motion with 64 bit integer position registers for ultra precise axis resolution.

EtherCAT slave drives and I/O can be connected and run in cyclic synchronous position, speed or torque modes provided these are supported by the drive.

EtherCAT

The P960 has 2 built-in EtherCAT axes which can be user upgraded with the purchase of P912 Remote Axis FECs.

Each P912 doubles the available axes, i.e:
P960 1 x P912 = 4 Remote Axes
P960 2 x P912 = 8 Remote Axes
P960 3 x P912 = 16 Remote Axes
P960 4 x P912 = 32 Remote Axes
P960 5 x P912 = 64 Remote Axes

The MC6N can be purchased with axes factory pre loaded ie:
P960 = 2 Axes
P961 = 4 Axes
P962 = 8 Axes
P963 = 16 Axes
P964 = 32 Axes
P965 = 64 Axes

Every axis can be programmed to move using linear, circular or helical or spherical interpolation, electronic cams, linked axes and gearboxes. The power of the controller allows for multiple robotic transformations to run simultaneously.

Easy to use

A bright easy to read backlit display enables the controller status to be easily determined, whilst the single piece metal cast backplate provides an integrated earth chassis to improve noise rejection in the industrial environment.

Familiar Tools

The built-in Ethernet port allows programming and connection of common PLC and HMI protocols, including the Trio Uniplay range of HMIs, directly to the MC6N. User programs can be written in Trio’s established multi-tasking TrioBASIC language using the powerful Motion Perfect v4 application development software making complex motion easy. The industry standard IEC 61131-3 languages are available as an option, allowing a fully functional PLC programming system.
For more information on Trio’s MC6N-ECAT or any other Trio products contact Micromech sales on 01376 333333 or sales@micromech.co.uk

[post_excerpt] => The MC6N is a high performance Motion Coordinator dedicated to running remote servo and stepper drives via the EtherCAT real time automation bus. It is based on the 1GHz i.MX7 Dual ARM Cortex A7 Core Processor making it ideal for machines with high numbers of axes or robotic applications. Highlights EtherCAT Cycle Times Down to […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-07-01 10:45:38 [post_date] => 2019-07-01 10:45:38 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-07-01 10:45:38 [post_modified] => 2019-07-01 10:45:38 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/?p=1202 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/trio_mc6n_ecat.jpg ) [syndication_source] => Micromech Limited's space [syndication_source_uri] => https://micromech.wordpress.com [syndication_source_id] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/01/new-from-trio-the-mc6n-ecat-mini-master/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/01/new-from-trio-the-mc6n-ecat-mini-master/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 72 [syndication_permalink] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/01/new-from-trio-the-mc6n-ecat-mini-master/ [syndication_item_hash] => 79afc25541a7fbca4ebc2214e4de2617 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 27 [1] => 97 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 3352 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/trio_mc6n_ecat.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/trio_mc6n_ecat.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : Trio MC6N-ECAT - Trio MC6N-ECAT ON

The MC6N is a high performance Motion Coordinator dedicated to running remote servo and stepper drives via the EtherCAT real time automation bus. It is based on the 1GHz i.MX7 Dual ARM Cortex A7 Core Processor making it ideal for machines with high numbers of axes or robotic applications.
Trio MC6N-ECATHighlights

Plug and Play

The MC6N supports up to 64 axes of motion with 64 bit integer position registers for ultra precise axis resolution.

EtherCAT slave drives and I/O can be connected and run in cyclic synchronous position, speed or torque modes provided these are supported by the drive.

EtherCAT

The P960 has 2 built-in EtherCAT axes which can be user upgraded with the purchase of P912 Remote Axis FECs.

Each P912 doubles the available axes, i.e:
P960 1 x P912 = 4 Remote Axes
P960 2 x P912 = 8 Remote Axes
P960 3 x P912 = 16 Remote Axes
P960 4 x P912 = 32 Remote Axes
P960 5 x P912 = 64 Remote Axes

The MC6N can be purchased with axes factory pre loaded ie:
P960 = 2 Axes
P961 = 4 Axes
P962 = 8 Axes
P963 = 16 Axes
P964 = 32 Axes
P965 = 64 Axes

Every axis can be programmed to move using linear, circular or helical or spherical interpolation, electronic cams, linked axes and gearboxes. The power of the controller allows for multiple robotic transformations to run simultaneously.

Easy to use

A bright easy to read backlit display enables the controller status to be easily determined, whilst the single piece metal cast backplate provides an integrated earth chassis to improve noise rejection in the industrial environment.

Familiar Tools

The built-in Ethernet port allows programming and connection of common PLC and HMI protocols, including the Trio Uniplay range of HMIs, directly to the MC6N. User programs can be written in Trio’s established multi-tasking TrioBASIC language using the powerful Motion Perfect v4 application development software making complex motion easy. The industry standard IEC 61131-3 languages are available as an option, allowing a fully functional PLC programming system.
For more information on Trio’s MC6N-ECAT or any other Trio products contact Micromech sales on 01376 333333 or sales@micromech.co.uk

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/trio_mc6n_ecat.jpg ) [syndication_source] => Micromech Limited's space [syndication_source_uri] => https://micromech.wordpress.com [syndication_source_id] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/01/new-from-trio-the-mc6n-ecat-mini-master/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/01/new-from-trio-the-mc6n-ecat-mini-master/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 72 [syndication_permalink] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/01/new-from-trio-the-mc6n-ecat-mini-master/ [syndication_item_hash] => 79afc25541a7fbca4ebc2214e4de2617 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/trio_mc6n_ecat.jpg )

No match on https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/trio_mc6n_ecat.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

New Enclosure:

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :New from Trio, the MC6N-ECAT Mini Master

Array ( [post_title] => New from Trio, the MC6N-ECAT Mini Master [post_content] =>

The MC6N is a high performance Motion Coordinator dedicated to running remote servo and stepper drives via the EtherCAT real time automation bus. It is based on the 1GHz i.MX7 Dual ARM Cortex A7 Core Processor making it ideal for machines with high numbers of axes or robotic applications.
New from Trio, the MC6N-ECAT Mini MasterHighlights

Plug and Play

The MC6N supports up to 64 axes of motion with 64 bit integer position registers for ultra precise axis resolution.

EtherCAT slave drives and I/O can be connected and run in cyclic synchronous position, speed or torque modes provided these are supported by the drive.

EtherCAT

The P960 has 2 built-in EtherCAT axes which can be user upgraded with the purchase of P912 Remote Axis FECs.

Each P912 doubles the available axes, i.e:
P960 1 x P912 = 4 Remote Axes
P960 2 x P912 = 8 Remote Axes
P960 3 x P912 = 16 Remote Axes
P960 4 x P912 = 32 Remote Axes
P960 5 x P912 = 64 Remote Axes

The MC6N can be purchased with axes factory pre loaded ie:
P960 = 2 Axes
P961 = 4 Axes
P962 = 8 Axes
P963 = 16 Axes
P964 = 32 Axes
P965 = 64 Axes

Every axis can be programmed to move using linear, circular or helical or spherical interpolation, electronic cams, linked axes and gearboxes. The power of the controller allows for multiple robotic transformations to run simultaneously.

Easy to use

A bright easy to read backlit display enables the controller status to be easily determined, whilst the single piece metal cast backplate provides an integrated earth chassis to improve noise rejection in the industrial environment.

Familiar Tools

The built-in Ethernet port allows programming and connection of common PLC and HMI protocols, including the Trio Uniplay range of HMIs, directly to the MC6N. User programs can be written in Trio’s established multi-tasking TrioBASIC language using the powerful Motion Perfect v4 application development software making complex motion easy. The industry standard IEC 61131-3 languages are available as an option, allowing a fully functional PLC programming system.
For more information on Trio’s MC6N-ECAT or any other Trio products contact Micromech sales on 01376 333333 or sales@micromech.co.uk

[post_excerpt] => The MC6N is a high performance Motion Coordinator dedicated to running remote servo and stepper drives via the EtherCAT real time automation bus. It is based on the 1GHz i.MX7 Dual ARM Cortex A7 Core Processor making it ideal for machines with high numbers of axes or robotic applications. Highlights EtherCAT Cycle Times Down to […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-07-01 10:45:38 [post_date] => 2019-07-01 10:45:38 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-07-01 10:45:38 [post_modified] => 2019-07-01 10:45:38 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/?p=1202 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => ) [syndication_source] => Micromech Limited's space [syndication_source_uri] => https://micromech.wordpress.com [syndication_source_id] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/01/new-from-trio-the-mc6n-ecat-mini-master/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/01/new-from-trio-the-mc6n-ecat-mini-master/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 72 [syndication_permalink] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/07/01/new-from-trio-the-mc6n-ecat-mini-master/ [syndication_item_hash] => 79afc25541a7fbca4ebc2214e4de2617 [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 27 [1] => 97 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 3352 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

‘T’ Series high load capacity electric cylinders with RediMount™ from Thomson

Array ( [post_title] => ‘T’ Series high load capacity electric cylinders with RediMount™ from Thomson [post_content] =>

Precision electric cylinders are widely used in handling, machining and manufacturing applications. In addition they are often used is to replace of hydraulic or pneumatic cylinders where they bring many benefits and advantages when compared to the older technologies.

A broad range of options and accessories added to Thomson’s vast experience in building custom units makes it easy to find the perfect cylinder for almost any application in most environments.

The ‘T’ Series precision electric cylinder has proved to be the ideal solution for thousands of applications throughout the world.

Precision rolled ball screws provide smooth, quiet motion and accurate positioning, while the slide guide bushings and the rugged exterior design allow it to be used in the toughest applications.

The T Series combines durability, performance and ease of use with a large selection of factory-engineered options and accessories. The RediMount™ motor mounting adapter kit is available as a standard feature, making it easy to mount a suitable motor as well as making fitting quick and easy.

Uses and benefits:

Precision electric cylinders are often a better choice than hydraulic or pneumatic alternatives due to simpler installation, easier and greater control, lower energy costs, higher accuracy, less maintenance and noise, and a cleaner, healthier environment;

Thomson T Series

‘T’ Series available sizes:

The ‘T’ Series is available in three frame sizes the T60, T90 and T130

T60 can provide forces up to 10,000N with strokes of up to 1500mm.
T90, forces up to 20,000N and strokes of 1500mm
T130, forces of up to 60,000N and strokes of 2000mm
Applications:

The Thomson ‘T’ Series is suitable for a wide variety of applications in many industries.

Coupled with a perfectly matched drive/control solution, Micromech can provide the perfect linear motion solution.

Examples:

For more information on Thomson Electric cylinders contact Micromech sales on 01376 333333 or sales@micromech.co.uk

[post_excerpt] => Introduction: Precision electric cylinders are widely used in handling, machining and manufacturing applications. In addition they are often used is to replace of hydraulic or pneumatic cylinders where they bring many benefits and advantages when compared to the older technologies. A broad range of options and accessories added to Thomson’s vast experience in building custom […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-06-25 13:40:16 [post_date] => 2019-06-25 13:40:16 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-06-25 13:40:16 [post_modified] => 2019-06-25 13:40:16 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/?p=1200 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/thomson_t_series.jpg [2] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/thomson_t_series_2.jpg ) [syndication_source] => Micromech Limited's space [syndication_source_uri] => https://micromech.wordpress.com [syndication_source_id] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/06/25/t-series-high-load-capacity-electric-cylinders-with-redimount-from-thomson/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/06/25/t-series-high-load-capacity-electric-cylinders-with-redimount-from-thomson/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 72 [syndication_permalink] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/06/25/t-series-high-load-capacity-electric-cylinders-with-redimount-from-thomson/ [syndication_item_hash] => e473e74ac1145a7e9e7bed3ea724631d ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 27 [1] => 97 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 3352 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/thomson_t_series.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/thomson_t_series.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : Thomson 'T Series' - Thomson 'T Series' ON

Precision electric cylinders are widely used in handling, machining and manufacturing applications. In addition they are often used is to replace of hydraulic or pneumatic cylinders where they bring many benefits and advantages when compared to the older technologies.

A broad range of options and accessories added to Thomson’s vast experience in building custom units makes it easy to find the perfect cylinder for almost any application in most environments.

The ‘T’ Series precision electric cylinder has proved to be the ideal solution for thousands of applications throughout the world.

Precision rolled ball screws provide smooth, quiet motion and accurate positioning, while the slide guide bushings and the rugged exterior design allow it to be used in the toughest applications.

The T Series combines durability, performance and ease of use with a large selection of factory-engineered options and accessories. The RediMount™ motor mounting adapter kit is available as a standard feature, making it easy to mount a suitable motor as well as making fitting quick and easy.

Uses and benefits:

Precision electric cylinders are often a better choice than hydraulic or pneumatic alternatives due to simpler installation, easier and greater control, lower energy costs, higher accuracy, less maintenance and noise, and a cleaner, healthier environment;

Thomson T Series

‘T’ Series available sizes:

The ‘T’ Series is available in three frame sizes the T60, T90 and T130

T60 can provide forces up to 10,000N with strokes of up to 1500mm.
T90, forces up to 20,000N and strokes of 1500mm
T130, forces of up to 60,000N and strokes of 2000mm
Applications:

The Thomson ‘T’ Series is suitable for a wide variety of applications in many industries.

Coupled with a perfectly matched drive/control solution, Micromech can provide the perfect linear motion solution.

Examples:

For more information on Thomson Electric cylinders contact Micromech sales on 01376 333333 or sales@micromech.co.uk

Local save:https://s0.wp.com/wp-content/mu-plugins/wpcom-smileys/twemoji/2/72x72/2122.png

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://s0.wp.com/wp-content/mu-plugins/wpcom-smileys/twemoji/2/72x72/2122.png

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : ™ - ™ ON

Precision electric cylinders are widely used in handling, machining and manufacturing applications. In addition they are often used is to replace of hydraulic or pneumatic cylinders where they bring many benefits and advantages when compared to the older technologies.

A broad range of options and accessories added to Thomson’s vast experience in building custom units makes it easy to find the perfect cylinder for almost any application in most environments.

The ‘T’ Series precision electric cylinder has proved to be the ideal solution for thousands of applications throughout the world.

Precision rolled ball screws provide smooth, quiet motion and accurate positioning, while the slide guide bushings and the rugged exterior design allow it to be used in the toughest applications.

The T Series combines durability, performance and ease of use with a large selection of factory-engineered options and accessories. The RediMount™ motor mounting adapter kit is available as a standard feature, making it easy to mount a suitable motor as well as making fitting quick and easy.

Uses and benefits:

Precision electric cylinders are often a better choice than hydraulic or pneumatic alternatives due to simpler installation, easier and greater control, lower energy costs, higher accuracy, less maintenance and noise, and a cleaner, healthier environment;

Thomson T Series

‘T’ Series available sizes:

The ‘T’ Series is available in three frame sizes the T60, T90 and T130

T60 can provide forces up to 10,000N with strokes of up to 1500mm.
T90, forces up to 20,000N and strokes of 1500mm
T130, forces of up to 60,000N and strokes of 2000mm
Applications:

The Thomson ‘T’ Series is suitable for a wide variety of applications in many industries.

Coupled with a perfectly matched drive/control solution, Micromech can provide the perfect linear motion solution.

Examples:

For more information on Thomson Electric cylinders contact Micromech sales on 01376 333333 or sales@micromech.co.uk

Local save:https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/thomson_t_series_2.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/thomson_t_series_2.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : Thomson T Series - Thomson T Series ON

Precision electric cylinders are widely used in handling, machining and manufacturing applications. In addition they are often used is to replace of hydraulic or pneumatic cylinders where they bring many benefits and advantages when compared to the older technologies.

A broad range of options and accessories added to Thomson’s vast experience in building custom units makes it easy to find the perfect cylinder for almost any application in most environments.

The ‘T’ Series precision electric cylinder has proved to be the ideal solution for thousands of applications throughout the world.

Precision rolled ball screws provide smooth, quiet motion and accurate positioning, while the slide guide bushings and the rugged exterior design allow it to be used in the toughest applications.

The T Series combines durability, performance and ease of use with a large selection of factory-engineered options and accessories. The RediMount‘T’ Series high load capacity electric cylinders with RediMount™ from Thomson motor mounting adapter kit is available as a standard feature, making it easy to mount a suitable motor as well as making fitting quick and easy.

Uses and benefits:

Precision electric cylinders are often a better choice than hydraulic or pneumatic alternatives due to simpler installation, easier and greater control, lower energy costs, higher accuracy, less maintenance and noise, and a cleaner, healthier environment;

Thomson T Series

‘T’ Series available sizes:

The ‘T’ Series is available in three frame sizes the T60, T90 and T130

T60 can provide forces up to 10,000N with strokes of up to 1500mm.
T90, forces up to 20,000N and strokes of 1500mm
T130, forces of up to 60,000N and strokes of 2000mm
Applications:

The Thomson ‘T’ Series is suitable for a wide variety of applications in many industries.

Coupled with a perfectly matched drive/control solution, Micromech can provide the perfect linear motion solution.

Examples:

For more information on Thomson Electric cylinders contact Micromech sales on 01376 333333 or sales@micromech.co.uk

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/thomson_t_series.jpg [2] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/thomson_t_series_2.jpg ) [syndication_source] => Micromech Limited's space [syndication_source_uri] => https://micromech.wordpress.com [syndication_source_id] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/06/25/t-series-high-load-capacity-electric-cylinders-with-redimount-from-thomson/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/06/25/t-series-high-load-capacity-electric-cylinders-with-redimount-from-thomson/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 72 [syndication_permalink] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/06/25/t-series-high-load-capacity-electric-cylinders-with-redimount-from-thomson/ [syndication_item_hash] => e473e74ac1145a7e9e7bed3ea724631d )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/thomson_t_series.jpg [2] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/thomson_t_series_2.jpg )

No match on https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/thomson_t_series.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

New Enclosure:

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/thomson_t_series_2.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

New Enclosure:

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :‘T’ Series high load capacity electric cylinders with RediMount™ from Thomson

Array ( [post_title] => ‘T’ Series high load capacity electric cylinders with RediMount™ from Thomson [post_content] =>

Precision electric cylinders are widely used in handling, machining and manufacturing applications. In addition they are often used is to replace of hydraulic or pneumatic cylinders where they bring many benefits and advantages when compared to the older technologies.

A broad range of options and accessories added to Thomson’s vast experience in building custom units makes it easy to find the perfect cylinder for almost any application in most environments.

The ‘T’ Series precision electric cylinder has proved to be the ideal solution for thousands of applications throughout the world.

Precision rolled ball screws provide smooth, quiet motion and accurate positioning, while the slide guide bushings and the rugged exterior design allow it to be used in the toughest applications.

The T Series combines durability, performance and ease of use with a large selection of factory-engineered options and accessories. The RediMount‘T’ Series high load capacity electric cylinders with RediMount™ from Thomson motor mounting adapter kit is available as a standard feature, making it easy to mount a suitable motor as well as making fitting quick and easy.

Uses and benefits:

Precision electric cylinders are often a better choice than hydraulic or pneumatic alternatives due to simpler installation, easier and greater control, lower energy costs, higher accuracy, less maintenance and noise, and a cleaner, healthier environment;

‘T’ Series high load capacity electric cylinders with RediMount™ from Thomson

‘T’ Series available sizes:

The ‘T’ Series is available in three frame sizes the T60, T90 and T130

T60 can provide forces up to 10,000N with strokes of up to 1500mm.
T90, forces up to 20,000N and strokes of 1500mm
T130, forces of up to 60,000N and strokes of 2000mm
Applications:

The Thomson ‘T’ Series is suitable for a wide variety of applications in many industries.

Coupled with a perfectly matched drive/control solution, Micromech can provide the perfect linear motion solution.

Examples:

For more information on Thomson Electric cylinders contact Micromech sales on 01376 333333 or sales@micromech.co.uk

[post_excerpt] => Introduction: Precision electric cylinders are widely used in handling, machining and manufacturing applications. In addition they are often used is to replace of hydraulic or pneumatic cylinders where they bring many benefits and advantages when compared to the older technologies. A broad range of options and accessories added to Thomson’s vast experience in building custom […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-06-25 13:40:16 [post_date] => 2019-06-25 13:40:16 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-06-25 13:40:16 [post_modified] => 2019-06-25 13:40:16 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/?p=1200 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => [2] => ) [syndication_source] => Micromech Limited's space [syndication_source_uri] => https://micromech.wordpress.com [syndication_source_id] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/06/25/t-series-high-load-capacity-electric-cylinders-with-redimount-from-thomson/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/06/25/t-series-high-load-capacity-electric-cylinders-with-redimount-from-thomson/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 72 [syndication_permalink] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/06/25/t-series-high-load-capacity-electric-cylinders-with-redimount-from-thomson/ [syndication_item_hash] => e473e74ac1145a7e9e7bed3ea724631d [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0,0,0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 27 [1] => 97 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 3352 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

New RTA X-PLUS S Stepper Drives with STO (Safe Torque Off) function now available from Micromech.

Array ( [post_title] => New RTA X-PLUS S Stepper Drives with STO (Safe Torque Off) function now available from Micromech. [post_content] =>

RTA X Plus S

 
RTA X-PLUS S

RTA X-PLUS S stepping motor drive series with step and direction interface and direct mains input (110v AC to 230v AC)

The X-PLUS S series features an internal rectifier capable of transferring more than 330V DC to the motor.

Ideally suited to applications requiring high dynamic performance and high reliability.
Key Features:


Technical Features:

RTA X-PLUS S

For details of the full R.T.A. range or for technical help call 01376 333333 or email sales@micromech.co.uk

RTA X-PLUS S

[post_excerpt] =>   RTA X-PLUS S stepping motor drive series with step and direction interface and direct mains input (110v AC to 230v AC) The X-PLUS S series features an internal rectifier capable of transferring more than 330V DC to the motor. Ideally suited to applications requiring high dynamic performance and high reliability. Key Features: STO function […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-06-18 10:46:54 [post_date] => 2019-06-18 10:46:54 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-06-18 10:46:54 [post_modified] => 2019-06-18 10:46:54 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/?p=1198 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_x_plus_s.jpg [2] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_x_plus_s_1.jpg [3] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_x_plus_s_2.jpg [4] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_x_plus_s_3.jpg ) [syndication_source] => Micromech Limited's space [syndication_source_uri] => https://micromech.wordpress.com [syndication_source_id] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/06/18/new-rta-x-plus-s-stepper-drives-with-sto-safe-torque-off-function-now-available-from-micromech-2/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/06/18/new-rta-x-plus-s-stepper-drives-with-sto-safe-torque-off-function-now-available-from-micromech-2/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 72 [syndication_permalink] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/06/18/new-rta-x-plus-s-stepper-drives-with-sto-safe-torque-off-function-now-available-from-micromech-2/ [syndication_item_hash] => e6f192e0690f4aba18b6bedd978dcd5e ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 27 [1] => 97 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 3352 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_x_plus_s.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_x_plus_s.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : RTA X Plus S - RTA X Plus S ON

RTA X Plus S

 
RTA X-PLUS S

RTA X-PLUS S stepping motor drive series with step and direction interface and direct mains input (110v AC to 230v AC)

The X-PLUS S series features an internal rectifier capable of transferring more than 330V DC to the motor.

Ideally suited to applications requiring high dynamic performance and high reliability.
Key Features:


Technical Features:

RTA X-PLUS S

For details of the full R.T.A. range or for technical help call 01376 333333 or email sales@micromech.co.uk

RTA X-PLUS S

Local save:https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_x_plus_s_1.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_x_plus_s_1.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : RTA X-PLUS S - RTA X-PLUS S ON

New RTA X-PLUS S Stepper Drives with STO (Safe Torque Off) function now available from Micromech.

 
RTA X-PLUS S

RTA X-PLUS S stepping motor drive series with step and direction interface and direct mains input (110v AC to 230v AC)

The X-PLUS S series features an internal rectifier capable of transferring more than 330V DC to the motor.

Ideally suited to applications requiring high dynamic performance and high reliability.
Key Features:


Technical Features:

RTA X-PLUS S

For details of the full R.T.A. range or for technical help call 01376 333333 or email sales@micromech.co.uk

RTA X-PLUS S

Local save:https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_x_plus_s_2.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_x_plus_s_2.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : RTA X-PLUS S - RTA X-PLUS S ON

New RTA X-PLUS S Stepper Drives with STO (Safe Torque Off) function now available from Micromech.

 
New RTA X-PLUS S Stepper Drives with STO (Safe Torque Off) function now available from Micromech.

RTA X-PLUS S stepping motor drive series with step and direction interface and direct mains input (110v AC to 230v AC)

The X-PLUS S series features an internal rectifier capable of transferring more than 330V DC to the motor.

Ideally suited to applications requiring high dynamic performance and high reliability.
Key Features:


Technical Features:

RTA X-PLUS S

For details of the full R.T.A. range or for technical help call 01376 333333 or email sales@micromech.co.uk

RTA X-PLUS S

Local save:https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_x_plus_s_3.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_x_plus_s_3.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : RTA X-PLUS S - RTA X-PLUS S ON

New RTA X-PLUS S Stepper Drives with STO (Safe Torque Off) function now available from Micromech.

 
New RTA X-PLUS S Stepper Drives with STO (Safe Torque Off) function now available from Micromech.

RTA X-PLUS S stepping motor drive series with step and direction interface and direct mains input (110v AC to 230v AC)

The X-PLUS S series features an internal rectifier capable of transferring more than 330V DC to the motor.

Ideally suited to applications requiring high dynamic performance and high reliability.
Key Features:


Technical Features:

New RTA X-PLUS S Stepper Drives with STO (Safe Torque Off) function now available from Micromech.

For details of the full R.T.A. range or for technical help call 01376 333333 or email sales@micromech.co.uk

RTA X-PLUS S

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_x_plus_s.jpg [2] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_x_plus_s_1.jpg [3] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_x_plus_s_2.jpg [4] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_x_plus_s_3.jpg ) [syndication_source] => Micromech Limited's space [syndication_source_uri] => https://micromech.wordpress.com [syndication_source_id] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/06/18/new-rta-x-plus-s-stepper-drives-with-sto-safe-torque-off-function-now-available-from-micromech-2/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/06/18/new-rta-x-plus-s-stepper-drives-with-sto-safe-torque-off-function-now-available-from-micromech-2/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 72 [syndication_permalink] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/06/18/new-rta-x-plus-s-stepper-drives-with-sto-safe-torque-off-function-now-available-from-micromech-2/ [syndication_item_hash] => e6f192e0690f4aba18b6bedd978dcd5e )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_x_plus_s.jpg [2] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_x_plus_s_1.jpg [3] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_x_plus_s_2.jpg [4] => https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_x_plus_s_3.jpg )

No match on https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_x_plus_s.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

New Enclosure:

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_x_plus_s_1.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

New Enclosure:

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_x_plus_s_2.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

New Enclosure:

grab remote location : https://www.micromech.co.uk/uploads/assets/news_2019/rta_x_plus_s_3.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

New Enclosure:

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :New RTA X-PLUS S Stepper Drives with STO (Safe Torque Off) function now available from Micromech.

Array ( [post_title] => New RTA X-PLUS S Stepper Drives with STO (Safe Torque Off) function now available from Micromech. [post_content] =>

New RTA X-PLUS S Stepper Drives with STO (Safe Torque Off) function now available from Micromech.

 
New RTA X-PLUS S Stepper Drives with STO (Safe Torque Off) function now available from Micromech.

RTA X-PLUS S stepping motor drive series with step and direction interface and direct mains input (110v AC to 230v AC)

The X-PLUS S series features an internal rectifier capable of transferring more than 330V DC to the motor.

Ideally suited to applications requiring high dynamic performance and high reliability.
Key Features:


Technical Features:

New RTA X-PLUS S Stepper Drives with STO (Safe Torque Off) function now available from Micromech.

For details of the full R.T.A. range or for technical help call 01376 333333 or email sales@micromech.co.uk

New RTA X-PLUS S Stepper Drives with STO (Safe Torque Off) function now available from Micromech.

[post_excerpt] =>   RTA X-PLUS S stepping motor drive series with step and direction interface and direct mains input (110v AC to 230v AC) The X-PLUS S series features an internal rectifier capable of transferring more than 330V DC to the motor. Ideally suited to applications requiring high dynamic performance and high reliability. Key Features: STO function […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-06-18 10:46:54 [post_date] => 2019-06-18 10:46:54 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-06-18 10:46:54 [post_modified] => 2019-06-18 10:46:54 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/?p=1198 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => [2] => [3] => [4] => ) [syndication_source] => Micromech Limited's space [syndication_source_uri] => https://micromech.wordpress.com [syndication_source_id] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/06/18/new-rta-x-plus-s-stepper-drives-with-sto-safe-torque-off-function-now-available-from-micromech-2/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/06/18/new-rta-x-plus-s-stepper-drives-with-sto-safe-torque-off-function-now-available-from-micromech-2/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 72 [syndication_permalink] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/06/18/new-rta-x-plus-s-stepper-drives-with-sto-safe-torque-off-function-now-available-from-micromech-2/ [syndication_item_hash] => e6f192e0690f4aba18b6bedd978dcd5e [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0,0,0,0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 27 [1] => 97 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 3352 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Trio’s innovative PC-MCAT 64 is available now from Micromech!

Array ( [post_title] => Trio’s innovative PC-MCAT 64 is available now from Micromech! [post_content] =>

trio_pc_mcat_64The PC-MCAT is a “Motion + PC Solution” with a powerful quad core Intel Atom processor used to drive a high performance motion controller and a compact Windows based PC that can run user applications. The PC-MCAT software uses a real-time extension to allow the motion controller and Windows to run directly on individual processor cores.

Highlights

Plug and Play
The motion controller has a dedicated EtherCAT master Ethernet port which can launch data packets with less than 1 µsec of jitter. The 1.91GHz Atom processor is coupled with 4 GBytes of RAM and a high speed 64 GByte SSD to give sufficient PC performance for many types of machines.

HDMI Output
Trio’s PC-MCAT is particularly suitable for application in which a machine requires the software and hardware facilities of a PC combined with a powerful 64 axis Motion Coordinator. The HDMI port can be used to drive high resolution displays for sophisticated operator interfaces.

Vision
The large 64 GByte SSD drive can hold vast amounts of machine data and recipes. Two GBit Ethernet ports are built into the PC-MCAT. These can be used for factory communications or connecting vision camera(s) whose data can be processed directly on the PC cores.

Features

For applications requiring capabillities beyond that of the PC-MCAT 64 the Trio PC-MCAT S offers further flexibility.

Delivered in the form of a dongle, PC-MCAT S provides the same features of the PC-MCAT hardware in a software package enabling the user to run the PC-MCAT on a suitable Windows based industrial PC

This allows the specification of the processor speed, graphics capability and memory size giving a flexible solution to suit the application.

For the full specification and further information on Trio’s PC-MCAT combined motion controller and PC please call Trio’s number one distributor and technical expert ‘Micromech’ on 01376 333333 or Email sales@micromech.co.uk

[post_excerpt] => The PC-MCAT is a “Motion + PC Solution” with a powerful quad core Intel Atom processor used to drive a high performance motion controller and a compact Windows based PC that can run user applications. The PC-MCAT software uses a real-time extension to allow the motion controller and Windows to run directly on individual processor […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-06-11 13:50:03 [post_date] => 2019-06-11 13:50:03 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-06-11 13:50:03 [post_modified] => 2019-06-11 13:50:03 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/?p=1194 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => https://micromech.files.wordpress.com/2019/06/trio_pc_mcat_64.jpg ) [syndication_source] => Micromech Limited's space [syndication_source_uri] => https://micromech.wordpress.com [syndication_source_id] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/06/11/trios-innovative-pc-mcat-64-from-trio-is-available-now-from-micromech/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/06/11/trios-innovative-pc-mcat-64-from-trio-is-available-now-from-micromech/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 72 [syndication_permalink] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/06/11/trios-innovative-pc-mcat-64-from-trio-is-available-now-from-micromech/ [syndication_item_hash] => 44d0a5f21fe7b05ae94724a70dff2528 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 27 [1] => 97 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 3352 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://micromech.files.wordpress.com/2019/06/trio_pc_mcat_64.jpg?w=630

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://micromech.files.wordpress.com/2019/06/trio_pc_mcat_64.jpg?w=630

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : trio_pc_mcat_64 - trio_pc_mcat_64 ON

trio_pc_mcat_64The PC-MCAT is a “Motion + PC Solution” with a powerful quad core Intel Atom processor used to drive a high performance motion controller and a compact Windows based PC that can run user applications. The PC-MCAT software uses a real-time extension to allow the motion controller and Windows to run directly on individual processor cores.

Highlights

Plug and Play
The motion controller has a dedicated EtherCAT master Ethernet port which can launch data packets with less than 1 µsec of jitter. The 1.91GHz Atom processor is coupled with 4 GBytes of RAM and a high speed 64 GByte SSD to give sufficient PC performance for many types of machines.

HDMI Output
Trio’s PC-MCAT is particularly suitable for application in which a machine requires the software and hardware facilities of a PC combined with a powerful 64 axis Motion Coordinator. The HDMI port can be used to drive high resolution displays for sophisticated operator interfaces.

Vision
The large 64 GByte SSD drive can hold vast amounts of machine data and recipes. Two GBit Ethernet ports are built into the PC-MCAT. These can be used for factory communications or connecting vision camera(s) whose data can be processed directly on the PC cores.

Features

For applications requiring capabillities beyond that of the PC-MCAT 64 the Trio PC-MCAT S offers further flexibility.

Delivered in the form of a dongle, PC-MCAT S provides the same features of the PC-MCAT hardware in a software package enabling the user to run the PC-MCAT on a suitable Windows based industrial PC

This allows the specification of the processor speed, graphics capability and memory size giving a flexible solution to suit the application.

For the full specification and further information on Trio’s PC-MCAT combined motion controller and PC please call Trio’s number one distributor and technical expert ‘Micromech’ on 01376 333333 or Email sales@micromech.co.uk

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => https://micromech.files.wordpress.com/2019/06/trio_pc_mcat_64.jpg ) [syndication_source] => Micromech Limited's space [syndication_source_uri] => https://micromech.wordpress.com [syndication_source_id] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/06/11/trios-innovative-pc-mcat-64-from-trio-is-available-now-from-micromech/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/06/11/trios-innovative-pc-mcat-64-from-trio-is-available-now-from-micromech/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 72 [syndication_permalink] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/06/11/trios-innovative-pc-mcat-64-from-trio-is-available-now-from-micromech/ [syndication_item_hash] => 44d0a5f21fe7b05ae94724a70dff2528 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => https://micromech.files.wordpress.com/2019/06/trio_pc_mcat_64.jpg )

No match on https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G

grab remote location : https://micromech.files.wordpress.com/2019/06/trio_pc_mcat_64.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

New Enclosure:

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Trio’s innovative PC-MCAT 64 is available now from Micromech!

Array ( [post_title] => Trio’s innovative PC-MCAT 64 is available now from Micromech! [post_content] =>

Trio’s innovative PC-MCAT 64 is available now from Micromech!The PC-MCAT is a “Motion + PC Solution” with a powerful quad core Intel Atom processor used to drive a high performance motion controller and a compact Windows based PC that can run user applications. The PC-MCAT software uses a real-time extension to allow the motion controller and Windows to run directly on individual processor cores.

Highlights

Plug and Play
The motion controller has a dedicated EtherCAT master Ethernet port which can launch data packets with less than 1 µsec of jitter. The 1.91GHz Atom processor is coupled with 4 GBytes of RAM and a high speed 64 GByte SSD to give sufficient PC performance for many types of machines.

HDMI Output
Trio’s PC-MCAT is particularly suitable for application in which a machine requires the software and hardware facilities of a PC combined with a powerful 64 axis Motion Coordinator. The HDMI port can be used to drive high resolution displays for sophisticated operator interfaces.

Vision
The large 64 GByte SSD drive can hold vast amounts of machine data and recipes. Two GBit Ethernet ports are built into the PC-MCAT. These can be used for factory communications or connecting vision camera(s) whose data can be processed directly on the PC cores.

Features

For applications requiring capabillities beyond that of the PC-MCAT 64 the Trio PC-MCAT S offers further flexibility.

Delivered in the form of a dongle, PC-MCAT S provides the same features of the PC-MCAT hardware in a software package enabling the user to run the PC-MCAT on a suitable Windows based industrial PC

This allows the specification of the processor speed, graphics capability and memory size giving a flexible solution to suit the application.

For the full specification and further information on Trio’s PC-MCAT combined motion controller and PC please call Trio’s number one distributor and technical expert ‘Micromech’ on 01376 333333 or Email sales@micromech.co.uk

[post_excerpt] => The PC-MCAT is a “Motion + PC Solution” with a powerful quad core Intel Atom processor used to drive a high performance motion controller and a compact Windows based PC that can run user applications. The PC-MCAT software uses a real-time extension to allow the motion controller and Windows to run directly on individual processor […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-06-11 13:50:03 [post_date] => 2019-06-11 13:50:03 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-06-11 13:50:03 [post_modified] => 2019-06-11 13:50:03 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/?p=1194 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => https://1.gravatar.com/avatar/a97b3881d9c18621af6022d112efa731?s=96&d=identicon&r=G [1] => ) [syndication_source] => Micromech Limited's space [syndication_source_uri] => https://micromech.wordpress.com [syndication_source_id] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/06/11/trios-innovative-pc-mcat-64-from-trio-is-available-now-from-micromech/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/06/11/trios-innovative-pc-mcat-64-from-trio-is-available-now-from-micromech/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://micromech.wordpress.com/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 72 [syndication_permalink] => https://micromech.wordpress.com/2019/06/11/trios-innovative-pc-mcat-64-from-trio-is-available-now-from-micromech/ [syndication_item_hash] => 44d0a5f21fe7b05ae94724a70dff2528 [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0,0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 27 [1] => 97 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 3352 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )


Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /homepages/41/d79740523/htdocs/converternews/wp-content/plugins/feedwordpress/syndicatedlink.class.php on line 302

Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /homepages/41/d79740523/htdocs/converternews/wp-content/plugins/feedwordpress/syndicatedlink.class.php on line 302

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Product Coding for Protein Producers

Array ( [post_title] => Product Coding for Protein Producers [post_content] =>

Regardless of package type, companies that produce meat or poultry products need to add variable information to the package. This includes date and lot codes, establishment codes, regulatory agency logos, and increasingly barcodes.

In many industries, this is quite straightforward, but for protein companies, there is the added complication of the environment in which coding and packaging equipment has to operate. Cold and wet conditions are the norm and any equipment brought into the plants needs to be able to handle this as well as washdown situations.

Traditionally continuous inkjet (CIJ) printers have been used for printing variable information onto meat and poultry packaging. These printers can usually handle the harsh conditions found on the packaging lines and also produce the print quality that is good enough for the applications. Thermal inkjet (TIJ) printers have not been used in the past due to the inks being unsuitable for use on the films used for the packaging.

inkjet printing for protein companies

Over the last few years, however, there have been great advances in the chemistry of inks for TIJ printing and today, this technology is proving to be very successful at printing onto the non-porous substrates used for protein packaging.

The ink cartridges used in thermal inkjet printers ensure that there is no need to have to deal with the MEK and other solvents used in other print technologies, such as CIJ. There is no need to deal with disposing of partially used ink or additive bottles.

With no cleaning cycle needed at startup or shutdown, a thermal inkjet printer is always ready to work.

The thermal inkjet coders provided by ProMach brands, Code Tech & ID Technology, are designed to be able to get the job done in these areas. They bring all the advantages of the thermal inkjet system but include models that are available in IP65 versions, perfect for producing excellent code quality every time, regardless of the environment.

 

Reduce Maintenance & Downtime

A thermal impact printer uses familiar HP type ink cartridges. This means that every time you change the cartridge, you effectively get a new printer.

As a bonus, should you need to change the color of your print, this is accomplished by simply replacing the ink cartridge with one of the required color.

Our TIJ printers come in versions that are built to IP65 environmental protection. This means that regardless of how dirty or wet the packaging environment, the printers will operate happily.

Exceptional Print Quality

With print resolutions of up to 600×600 DPI, thermal inkjet produces perfect prints every time, even when printing very small fonts or high-density barcodes.

Inks are available that are fast drying and durable to suit just about every packaging material.

Quick and Simple Installation and Integration

Thermal inkjet printers from ID Technology and Code Tech have a small footprint, making them easy to install in your parent packaging machine, even when multiple heads are needed.

Combined with the web handling and printer traversing expertise of the Greydon brand, printers from ProMach Labeling & Coding can be integrated with every type of flexible packaging machine.

Is TIJ Always the Best Technology to Use?

No, not always.

Thermal inkjet brings some important advantages, but there are times where an alternative technology such as CIJ printing, thermal transfer, laser or ink stamping might make sense. We happen to sell a complete range of coding technologies so we can work with you to help decide which is best for your unique needs.

Want to Get Started?

How can you start improving your own packaging coding? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com We’ll get you in touch with one of our local experts right away.

[post_excerpt] => Regardless of package type, companies that produce meat or poultry products need to add variable information to the package. This includes date and lot codes, establishment codes, regulatory agency logos, and increasingly barcodes. In many industries, this is quite straightforward, but for protein companies, there is the added complication of the environment in which coding […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-08-07 14:47:49 [post_date] => 2019-08-07 14:47:49 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-08-07 14:47:49 [post_modified] => 2019-08-07 14:47:49 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://www.labelingnews.com/?p=5958 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/08/product-coding-for-protein-producers/ [syndication_item_hash] => bf79e38cb1b9f7707482459ba38d1477 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1625 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/washdown-codetech.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/washdown-codetech.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : inkjet printing for protein companies - inkjet printing for protein companies ON

Regardless of package type, companies that produce meat or poultry products need to add variable information to the package. This includes date and lot codes, establishment codes, regulatory agency logos, and increasingly barcodes.

In many industries, this is quite straightforward, but for protein companies, there is the added complication of the environment in which coding and packaging equipment has to operate. Cold and wet conditions are the norm and any equipment brought into the plants needs to be able to handle this as well as washdown situations.

Traditionally continuous inkjet (CIJ) printers have been used for printing variable information onto meat and poultry packaging. These printers can usually handle the harsh conditions found on the packaging lines and also produce the print quality that is good enough for the applications. Thermal inkjet (TIJ) printers have not been used in the past due to the inks being unsuitable for use on the films used for the packaging.

inkjet printing for protein companies

Over the last few years, however, there have been great advances in the chemistry of inks for TIJ printing and today, this technology is proving to be very successful at printing onto the non-porous substrates used for protein packaging.

The ink cartridges used in thermal inkjet printers ensure that there is no need to have to deal with the MEK and other solvents used in other print technologies, such as CIJ. There is no need to deal with disposing of partially used ink or additive bottles.

With no cleaning cycle needed at startup or shutdown, a thermal inkjet printer is always ready to work.

The thermal inkjet coders provided by ProMach brands, Code Tech & ID Technology, are designed to be able to get the job done in these areas. They bring all the advantages of the thermal inkjet system but include models that are available in IP65 versions, perfect for producing excellent code quality every time, regardless of the environment.

 

Reduce Maintenance & Downtime

A thermal impact printer uses familiar HP type ink cartridges. This means that every time you change the cartridge, you effectively get a new printer.

As a bonus, should you need to change the color of your print, this is accomplished by simply replacing the ink cartridge with one of the required color.

Our TIJ printers come in versions that are built to IP65 environmental protection. This means that regardless of how dirty or wet the packaging environment, the printers will operate happily.

Exceptional Print Quality

With print resolutions of up to 600×600 DPI, thermal inkjet produces perfect prints every time, even when printing very small fonts or high-density barcodes.

Inks are available that are fast drying and durable to suit just about every packaging material.

Quick and Simple Installation and Integration

Thermal inkjet printers from ID Technology and Code Tech have a small footprint, making them easy to install in your parent packaging machine, even when multiple heads are needed.

Combined with the web handling and printer traversing expertise of the Greydon brand, printers from ProMach Labeling & Coding can be integrated with every type of flexible packaging machine.

Is TIJ Always the Best Technology to Use?

No, not always.

Thermal inkjet brings some important advantages, but there are times where an alternative technology such as CIJ printing, thermal transfer, laser or ink stamping might make sense. We happen to sell a complete range of coding technologies so we can work with you to help decide which is best for your unique needs.

Want to Get Started?

How can you start improving your own packaging coding? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com We’ll get you in touch with one of our local experts right away.

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/tij-protein-samples.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/tij-protein-samples.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Regardless of package type, companies that produce meat or poultry products need to add variable information to the package. This includes date and lot codes, establishment codes, regulatory agency logos, and increasingly barcodes.

In many industries, this is quite straightforward, but for protein companies, there is the added complication of the environment in which coding and packaging equipment has to operate. Cold and wet conditions are the norm and any equipment brought into the plants needs to be able to handle this as well as washdown situations.

Traditionally continuous inkjet (CIJ) printers have been used for printing variable information onto meat and poultry packaging. These printers can usually handle the harsh conditions found on the packaging lines and also produce the print quality that is good enough for the applications. Thermal inkjet (TIJ) printers have not been used in the past due to the inks being unsuitable for use on the films used for the packaging.

Product Coding for Protein Producers

Over the last few years, however, there have been great advances in the chemistry of inks for TIJ printing and today, this technology is proving to be very successful at printing onto the non-porous substrates used for protein packaging.

The ink cartridges used in thermal inkjet printers ensure that there is no need to have to deal with the MEK and other solvents used in other print technologies, such as CIJ. There is no need to deal with disposing of partially used ink or additive bottles.

With no cleaning cycle needed at startup or shutdown, a thermal inkjet printer is always ready to work.

The thermal inkjet coders provided by ProMach brands, Code Tech & ID Technology, are designed to be able to get the job done in these areas. They bring all the advantages of the thermal inkjet system but include models that are available in IP65 versions, perfect for producing excellent code quality every time, regardless of the environment.

 

Reduce Maintenance & Downtime

A thermal impact printer uses familiar HP type ink cartridges. This means that every time you change the cartridge, you effectively get a new printer.

As a bonus, should you need to change the color of your print, this is accomplished by simply replacing the ink cartridge with one of the required color.

Our TIJ printers come in versions that are built to IP65 environmental protection. This means that regardless of how dirty or wet the packaging environment, the printers will operate happily.

Exceptional Print Quality

With print resolutions of up to 600×600 DPI, thermal inkjet produces perfect prints every time, even when printing very small fonts or high-density barcodes.

Inks are available that are fast drying and durable to suit just about every packaging material.

Quick and Simple Installation and Integration

Thermal inkjet printers from ID Technology and Code Tech have a small footprint, making them easy to install in your parent packaging machine, even when multiple heads are needed.

Combined with the web handling and printer traversing expertise of the Greydon brand, printers from ProMach Labeling & Coding can be integrated with every type of flexible packaging machine.

Is TIJ Always the Best Technology to Use?

No, not always.

Thermal inkjet brings some important advantages, but there are times where an alternative technology such as CIJ printing, thermal transfer, laser or ink stamping might make sense. We happen to sell a complete range of coding technologies so we can work with you to help decide which is best for your unique needs.

Want to Get Started?

How can you start improving your own packaging coding? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com We’ll get you in touch with one of our local experts right away.

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/08/product-coding-for-protein-producers/ [syndication_item_hash] => bf79e38cb1b9f7707482459ba38d1477 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Product Coding for Protein Producers

Array ( [post_title] => Product Coding for Protein Producers [post_content] =>

Regardless of package type, companies that produce meat or poultry products need to add variable information to the package. This includes date and lot codes, establishment codes, regulatory agency logos, and increasingly barcodes.

In many industries, this is quite straightforward, but for protein companies, there is the added complication of the environment in which coding and packaging equipment has to operate. Cold and wet conditions are the norm and any equipment brought into the plants needs to be able to handle this as well as washdown situations.

Traditionally continuous inkjet (CIJ) printers have been used for printing variable information onto meat and poultry packaging. These printers can usually handle the harsh conditions found on the packaging lines and also produce the print quality that is good enough for the applications. Thermal inkjet (TIJ) printers have not been used in the past due to the inks being unsuitable for use on the films used for the packaging.

Product Coding for Protein Producers

Over the last few years, however, there have been great advances in the chemistry of inks for TIJ printing and today, this technology is proving to be very successful at printing onto the non-porous substrates used for protein packaging.Product Coding for Protein Producers

The ink cartridges used in thermal inkjet printers ensure that there is no need to have to deal with the MEK and other solvents used in other print technologies, such as CIJ. There is no need to deal with disposing of partially used ink or additive bottles.

With no cleaning cycle needed at startup or shutdown, a thermal inkjet printer is always ready to work.

The thermal inkjet coders provided by ProMach brands, Code Tech & ID Technology, are designed to be able to get the job done in these areas. They bring all the advantages of the thermal inkjet system but include models that are available in IP65 versions, perfect for producing excellent code quality every time, regardless of the environment.

 

Reduce Maintenance & Downtime

A thermal impact printer uses familiar HP type ink cartridges. This means that every time you change the cartridge, you effectively get a new printer.

As a bonus, should you need to change the color of your print, this is accomplished by simply replacing the ink cartridge with one of the required color.

Our TIJ printers come in versions that are built to IP65 environmental protection. This means that regardless of how dirty or wet the packaging environment, the printers will operate happily.

Exceptional Print Quality

With print resolutions of up to 600×600 DPI, thermal inkjet produces perfect prints every time, even when printing very small fonts or high-density barcodes.

Inks are available that are fast drying and durable to suit just about every packaging material.

Quick and Simple Installation and Integration

Thermal inkjet printers from ID Technology and Code Tech have a small footprint, making them easy to install in your parent packaging machine, even when multiple heads are needed.

Combined with the web handling and printer traversing expertise of the Greydon brand, printers from ProMach Labeling & Coding can be integrated with every type of flexible packaging machine.

Is TIJ Always the Best Technology to Use?

No, not always.

Thermal inkjet brings some important advantages, but there are times where an alternative technology such as CIJ printing, thermal transfer, laser or ink stamping might make sense. We happen to sell a complete range of coding technologies so we can work with you to help decide which is best for your unique needs.

Want to Get Started?

How can you start improving your own packaging coding? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com We’ll get you in touch with one of our local experts right away.

[post_excerpt] => Regardless of package type, companies that produce meat or poultry products need to add variable information to the package. This includes date and lot codes, establishment codes, regulatory agency logos, and increasingly barcodes. In many industries, this is quite straightforward, but for protein companies, there is the added complication of the environment in which coding […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-08-07 14:47:49 [post_date] => 2019-08-07 14:47:49 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-08-07 14:47:49 [post_modified] => 2019-08-07 14:47:49 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://www.labelingnews.com/?p=5958 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/08/product-coding-for-protein-producers/ [syndication_item_hash] => bf79e38cb1b9f7707482459ba38d1477 [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0,0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1625 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link

Array ( [post_title] => Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link [post_content] =>

Using barcodes on packages for customer engagement? This idea is certainly not new – here is a link to a Packaging World article on this very topic from 2011.

The article specifically mentioned that QR codes would provide the ability to download coupons, enter contests, play games, and other fun activities – all powered by those little barcodes.

This all seemed quite exciting, but QR codes got old quickly and the concept seemed to fade away.

Fast forward to today and there is renewed interest in using packaging to actively engage with customers.

Listen to our GS1 Digital Link Podcast

Traditional ways to communicate to customers such as TV and print advertising are not performing as well as In the past.  These are also a one-way form of communication, yelling a message at consumers – no wonder they don’t work as well as in the past. In addition, engagement on a brand’s social media pages is in decline as well. What is a marketer to do?

As a result of all this, brand owners have a renewed interest trying to set up a direct connection to their customers based on the product packaging – the package is potentially the ultimate marketing tool.
Enter smart packaging – a means to allow brands to connect directly with their customers. Generally, a smart package will allow the customer to scan a barcode (yes, usually a QR Code) and be connected to an interactive website.

So QR codes are back – a lot of brands are using them – some quite creatively

Currently, there isn’t a standard to use QR codes  (or any type of barcode) for customer engagement so brands are tending to encode them in different ways – often just a URL, sometimes other data.
Of course, the package’s UPC  barcode still needs to be there so most items would have to have multiple barcodes – rather messy and takes up more space on the package.
The product UPC codes scanned at the point of sale haven’t really changed in the 45 years since the concept was introduced.

Wouldn’t it be great if, rather than have multiple barcodes on a package, a single one could contain the UPC data, weblink for customer engagement? Maybe we can!

Last year GS1 our favorite standards organization came out with a new concept: GS1 Digital Link.

While the name might not be too exciting, Digital Link has the potential to revolutionize how barcoding is used, to add true customer engagement and to (yes really) provide item-level serialization and traceability.
For primary packaging (what we would buy in a store), GS1’s barcoding is built around the concept of the Global Trade Item Number – GTIN. This is what is encoded in the common UPC barcode that is scanned at the checkout.
The GTIN in the item barcode basically consists of a company prefix and an SKU or stock keeping unit number. The GTIN identifies a type of product – a 12oz can of Pepsi Cola or an 8 oz bag of salt n vinegar Lay’s chips for example. Every item sold at retail and many other products that use the GS1 system (such as pharmaceutical or medical products) has a GTIN.
It is important to note that a GTIN doesn’t identify an individual item – every 12oz can of Pepsi will have the same GTIN.
Also, no additional data can be encoded in the product barcode – only the 12 digit UPC in the US or 13 digit EAN code internationally. This is why additional barcodes must currently be added to a package in the event a brand owner wants to encode more data.
Traditionally, barcodes in the GS1 system have been used in the supply chain from manufacturer to point of sale. They lose their usefulness once the product has been sold. GS1 Digital Link promises to extend the reach of the GS1 system all the way from the manufacturer to consumer and to provide a means of interaction between the brand owner and the consumer.

So how does it work?

For the first time, GS1 is allowing a 2D QR barcode to be used as the barcode for point of sale.
Encoded within the barcode is a URI (unique resource identifier – an example of which is the familiar website URLs we use every day) and a number of other possible data fields that include:
GTIN
Lot number
Serial number
The expiration date and many more
Some examples:
Note, the examples use the domain id.gs1.org, but brand owners can use their own domains.
An interesting addition to the new specification is that the data fields can be identified by either using the familiar GS1 Application Identifiers (AI) or by text identifiers. Note that this is only a quick intro, so check out the GS1 Digital Link specification to get complete information.
  The ability to include all this data in one barcode means that only one barcode needs to be printed on the package and it can be used for point of sale, traceability, anti-counterfeit and for customer engagement by sending a consumer who scans the code to an interactive website.
GS1 Digital Link could prove to be the biggest revolution in barcoding since the first code was scanned in a store 45 years ago.

When will this start?

It is going to take a while and we can expect to see both traditional UPC codes and the new QR codes used side by side until the infrastructure is in place to handle the new 2D barcodes.
 A survey carried out by the food marketing institute found that in the US nearly 40% of POS scanners are capable of reading 2D codes today and that will increase to about 55% by 2022.
The POS systems to handle the data are running somewhat behind, with an estimated 20% of systems being able to handle this data.
There is clearly a ways to go.
In the same survey, stakeholders saw the advantages of switching to data-rich solutions such as follows:
60% stated better inventory accuracy
40% stated better customer engagement
36% stated anti-counterfeit
35% stated improved recall control
33% stated expiration date control
* Yes, people could choose more than one.
Finally, 85% of stakeholders see 3-5 years to get a higher data density solution to the current UPC established.
So there is certainly a lot of interest in GS1 Digital Link. While I’ve discussed the use of QR codes in this podcast, other data carriers that could be used (and be very interesting) are NFC RFID tags and the Digimarc system that turns the complete package into the barcode. Digimarc will be the topic of a future podcast.
Should be interesting days ahead.
How can we help you meet your objectives for your labeling and barcode operations? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with an expert, right in your area!
[post_excerpt] => Using barcodes on packages for customer engagement? This idea is certainly not new – here is a link to a Packaging World article on this very topic from 2011. The article specifically mentioned that QR codes would provide the ability to download coupons, enter contests, play games, and other fun activities – all powered by […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-08-05 18:10:41 [post_date] => 2019-08-05 18:10:41 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-08-05 18:10:41 [post_modified] => 2019-08-05 18:10:41 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://www.labelingnews.com/?p=5952 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/08/customer-engagement-and-more-gs1-digital-link/ [syndication_item_hash] => 1e5148b5aacb103170db86cec5f4b5cf ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1625 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/GS1DL-HEADER.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/GS1DL-HEADER.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Using barcodes on packages for customer engagement? This idea is certainly not new – here is a link to a Packaging World article on this very topic from 2011.

The article specifically mentioned that QR codes would provide the ability to download coupons, enter contests, play games, and other fun activities – all powered by those little barcodes.

This all seemed quite exciting, but QR codes got old quickly and the concept seemed to fade away.

Fast forward to today and there is renewed interest in using packaging to actively engage with customers.

Listen to our GS1 Digital Link Podcast

Traditional ways to communicate to customers such as TV and print advertising are not performing as well as In the past.  These are also a one-way form of communication, yelling a message at consumers – no wonder they don’t work as well as in the past. In addition, engagement on a brand’s social media pages is in decline as well. What is a marketer to do?

As a result of all this, brand owners have a renewed interest trying to set up a direct connection to their customers based on the product packaging – the package is potentially the ultimate marketing tool.
Enter smart packaging – a means to allow brands to connect directly with their customers. Generally, a smart package will allow the customer to scan a barcode (yes, usually a QR Code) and be connected to an interactive website.

So QR codes are back – a lot of brands are using them – some quite creatively

Currently, there isn’t a standard to use QR codes  (or any type of barcode) for customer engagement so brands are tending to encode them in different ways – often just a URL, sometimes other data.
Of course, the package’s UPC  barcode still needs to be there so most items would have to have multiple barcodes – rather messy and takes up more space on the package.
The product UPC codes scanned at the point of sale haven’t really changed in the 45 years since the concept was introduced.

Wouldn’t it be great if, rather than have multiple barcodes on a package, a single one could contain the UPC data, weblink for customer engagement? Maybe we can!

Last year GS1 our favorite standards organization came out with a new concept: GS1 Digital Link.

While the name might not be too exciting, Digital Link has the potential to revolutionize how barcoding is used, to add true customer engagement and to (yes really) provide item-level serialization and traceability.
For primary packaging (what we would buy in a store), GS1’s barcoding is built around the concept of the Global Trade Item Number – GTIN. This is what is encoded in the common UPC barcode that is scanned at the checkout.
The GTIN in the item barcode basically consists of a company prefix and an SKU or stock keeping unit number. The GTIN identifies a type of product – a 12oz can of Pepsi Cola or an 8 oz bag of salt n vinegar Lay’s chips for example. Every item sold at retail and many other products that use the GS1 system (such as pharmaceutical or medical products) has a GTIN.
It is important to note that a GTIN doesn’t identify an individual item – every 12oz can of Pepsi will have the same GTIN.
Also, no additional data can be encoded in the product barcode – only the 12 digit UPC in the US or 13 digit EAN code internationally. This is why additional barcodes must currently be added to a package in the event a brand owner wants to encode more data.
Traditionally, barcodes in the GS1 system have been used in the supply chain from manufacturer to point of sale. They lose their usefulness once the product has been sold. GS1 Digital Link promises to extend the reach of the GS1 system all the way from the manufacturer to consumer and to provide a means of interaction between the brand owner and the consumer.

So how does it work?

For the first time, GS1 is allowing a 2D QR barcode to be used as the barcode for point of sale.
Encoded within the barcode is a URI (unique resource identifier – an example of which is the familiar website URLs we use every day) and a number of other possible data fields that include:
GTIN
Lot number
Serial number
The expiration date and many more
Some examples:
Note, the examples use the domain id.gs1.org, but brand owners can use their own domains.
An interesting addition to the new specification is that the data fields can be identified by either using the familiar GS1 Application Identifiers (AI) or by text identifiers. Note that this is only a quick intro, so check out the GS1 Digital Link specification to get complete information.
  The ability to include all this data in one barcode means that only one barcode needs to be printed on the package and it can be used for point of sale, traceability, anti-counterfeit and for customer engagement by sending a consumer who scans the code to an interactive website.
GS1 Digital Link could prove to be the biggest revolution in barcoding since the first code was scanned in a store 45 years ago.

When will this start?

It is going to take a while and we can expect to see both traditional UPC codes and the new QR codes used side by side until the infrastructure is in place to handle the new 2D barcodes.
 A survey carried out by the food marketing institute found that in the US nearly 40% of POS scanners are capable of reading 2D codes today and that will increase to about 55% by 2022.
The POS systems to handle the data are running somewhat behind, with an estimated 20% of systems being able to handle this data.
There is clearly a ways to go.
In the same survey, stakeholders saw the advantages of switching to data-rich solutions such as follows:
60% stated better inventory accuracy
40% stated better customer engagement
36% stated anti-counterfeit
35% stated improved recall control
33% stated expiration date control
* Yes, people could choose more than one.
Finally, 85% of stakeholders see 3-5 years to get a higher data density solution to the current UPC established.
So there is certainly a lot of interest in GS1 Digital Link. While I’ve discussed the use of QR codes in this podcast, other data carriers that could be used (and be very interesting) are NFC RFID tags and the Digimarc system that turns the complete package into the barcode. Digimarc will be the topic of a future podcast.
Should be interesting days ahead.
How can we help you meet your objectives for your labeling and barcode operations? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with an expert, right in your area!

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/LNPodcastImage-150x150.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/LNPodcastImage-150x150.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link

Using barcodes on packages for customer engagement? This idea is certainly not new – here is a link to a Packaging World article on this very topic from 2011.

The article specifically mentioned that QR codes would provide the ability to download coupons, enter contests, play games, and other fun activities – all powered by those little barcodes.

This all seemed quite exciting, but QR codes got old quickly and the concept seemed to fade away.

Fast forward to today and there is renewed interest in using packaging to actively engage with customers.

Listen to our GS1 Digital Link Podcast

Traditional ways to communicate to customers such as TV and print advertising are not performing as well as In the past.  These are also a one-way form of communication, yelling a message at consumers – no wonder they don’t work as well as in the past. In addition, engagement on a brand’s social media pages is in decline as well. What is a marketer to do?

As a result of all this, brand owners have a renewed interest trying to set up a direct connection to their customers based on the product packaging – the package is potentially the ultimate marketing tool.
Enter smart packaging – a means to allow brands to connect directly with their customers. Generally, a smart package will allow the customer to scan a barcode (yes, usually a QR Code) and be connected to an interactive website.

So QR codes are back – a lot of brands are using them – some quite creatively

Currently, there isn’t a standard to use QR codes  (or any type of barcode) for customer engagement so brands are tending to encode them in different ways – often just a URL, sometimes other data.
Of course, the package’s UPC  barcode still needs to be there so most items would have to have multiple barcodes – rather messy and takes up more space on the package.
The product UPC codes scanned at the point of sale haven’t really changed in the 45 years since the concept was introduced.

Wouldn’t it be great if, rather than have multiple barcodes on a package, a single one could contain the UPC data, weblink for customer engagement? Maybe we can!

Last year GS1 our favorite standards organization came out with a new concept: GS1 Digital Link.

While the name might not be too exciting, Digital Link has the potential to revolutionize how barcoding is used, to add true customer engagement and to (yes really) provide item-level serialization and traceability.
For primary packaging (what we would buy in a store), GS1’s barcoding is built around the concept of the Global Trade Item Number – GTIN. This is what is encoded in the common UPC barcode that is scanned at the checkout.
The GTIN in the item barcode basically consists of a company prefix and an SKU or stock keeping unit number. The GTIN identifies a type of product – a 12oz can of Pepsi Cola or an 8 oz bag of salt n vinegar Lay’s chips for example. Every item sold at retail and many other products that use the GS1 system (such as pharmaceutical or medical products) has a GTIN.
It is important to note that a GTIN doesn’t identify an individual item – every 12oz can of Pepsi will have the same GTIN.
Also, no additional data can be encoded in the product barcode – only the 12 digit UPC in the US or 13 digit EAN code internationally. This is why additional barcodes must currently be added to a package in the event a brand owner wants to encode more data.
Traditionally, barcodes in the GS1 system have been used in the supply chain from manufacturer to point of sale. They lose their usefulness once the product has been sold. GS1 Digital Link promises to extend the reach of the GS1 system all the way from the manufacturer to consumer and to provide a means of interaction between the brand owner and the consumer.

So how does it work?

For the first time, GS1 is allowing a 2D QR barcode to be used as the barcode for point of sale.
Encoded within the barcode is a URI (unique resource identifier – an example of which is the familiar website URLs we use every day) and a number of other possible data fields that include:
GTIN
Lot number
Serial number
The expiration date and many more
Some examples:
Note, the examples use the domain id.gs1.org, but brand owners can use their own domains.
An interesting addition to the new specification is that the data fields can be identified by either using the familiar GS1 Application Identifiers (AI) or by text identifiers. Note that this is only a quick intro, so check out the GS1 Digital Link specification to get complete information.
  The ability to include all this data in one barcode means that only one barcode needs to be printed on the package and it can be used for point of sale, traceability, anti-counterfeit and for customer engagement by sending a consumer who scans the code to an interactive website.
GS1 Digital Link could prove to be the biggest revolution in barcoding since the first code was scanned in a store 45 years ago.

When will this start?

It is going to take a while and we can expect to see both traditional UPC codes and the new QR codes used side by side until the infrastructure is in place to handle the new 2D barcodes.
 A survey carried out by the food marketing institute found that in the US nearly 40% of POS scanners are capable of reading 2D codes today and that will increase to about 55% by 2022.
The POS systems to handle the data are running somewhat behind, with an estimated 20% of systems being able to handle this data.
There is clearly a ways to go.
In the same survey, stakeholders saw the advantages of switching to data-rich solutions such as follows:
60% stated better inventory accuracy
40% stated better customer engagement
36% stated anti-counterfeit
35% stated improved recall control
33% stated expiration date control
* Yes, people could choose more than one.
Finally, 85% of stakeholders see 3-5 years to get a higher data density solution to the current UPC established.
So there is certainly a lot of interest in GS1 Digital Link. While I’ve discussed the use of QR codes in this podcast, other data carriers that could be used (and be very interesting) are NFC RFID tags and the Digimarc system that turns the complete package into the barcode. Digimarc will be the topic of a future podcast.
Should be interesting days ahead.
How can we help you meet your objectives for your labeling and barcode operations? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with an expert, right in your area!

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/GS1DL-gtin.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/GS1DL-gtin.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link

Using barcodes on packages for customer engagement? This idea is certainly not new – here is a link to a Packaging World article on this very topic from 2011.

The article specifically mentioned that QR codes would provide the ability to download coupons, enter contests, play games, and other fun activities – all powered by those little barcodes.

This all seemed quite exciting, but QR codes got old quickly and the concept seemed to fade away.

Fast forward to today and there is renewed interest in using packaging to actively engage with customers.

Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link

Listen to our GS1 Digital Link Podcast

Traditional ways to communicate to customers such as TV and print advertising are not performing as well as In the past.  These are also a one-way form of communication, yelling a message at consumers – no wonder they don’t work as well as in the past. In addition, engagement on a brand’s social media pages is in decline as well. What is a marketer to do?

As a result of all this, brand owners have a renewed interest trying to set up a direct connection to their customers based on the product packaging – the package is potentially the ultimate marketing tool.
Enter smart packaging – a means to allow brands to connect directly with their customers. Generally, a smart package will allow the customer to scan a barcode (yes, usually a QR Code) and be connected to an interactive website.

So QR codes are back – a lot of brands are using them – some quite creatively

Currently, there isn’t a standard to use QR codes  (or any type of barcode) for customer engagement so brands are tending to encode them in different ways – often just a URL, sometimes other data.
Of course, the package’s UPC  barcode still needs to be there so most items would have to have multiple barcodes – rather messy and takes up more space on the package.
The product UPC codes scanned at the point of sale haven’t really changed in the 45 years since the concept was introduced.

Wouldn’t it be great if, rather than have multiple barcodes on a package, a single one could contain the UPC data, weblink for customer engagement? Maybe we can!

Last year GS1 our favorite standards organization came out with a new concept: GS1 Digital Link.

While the name might not be too exciting, Digital Link has the potential to revolutionize how barcoding is used, to add true customer engagement and to (yes really) provide item-level serialization and traceability.
For primary packaging (what we would buy in a store), GS1’s barcoding is built around the concept of the Global Trade Item Number – GTIN. This is what is encoded in the common UPC barcode that is scanned at the checkout.
The GTIN in the item barcode basically consists of a company prefix and an SKU or stock keeping unit number. The GTIN identifies a type of product – a 12oz can of Pepsi Cola or an 8 oz bag of salt n vinegar Lay’s chips for example. Every item sold at retail and many other products that use the GS1 system (such as pharmaceutical or medical products) has a GTIN.
It is important to note that a GTIN doesn’t identify an individual item – every 12oz can of Pepsi will have the same GTIN.
Also, no additional data can be encoded in the product barcode – only the 12 digit UPC in the US or 13 digit EAN code internationally. This is why additional barcodes must currently be added to a package in the event a brand owner wants to encode more data.
Traditionally, barcodes in the GS1 system have been used in the supply chain from manufacturer to point of sale. They lose their usefulness once the product has been sold. GS1 Digital Link promises to extend the reach of the GS1 system all the way from the manufacturer to consumer and to provide a means of interaction between the brand owner and the consumer.

So how does it work?

For the first time, GS1 is allowing a 2D QR barcode to be used as the barcode for point of sale.
Encoded within the barcode is a URI (unique resource identifier – an example of which is the familiar website URLs we use every day) and a number of other possible data fields that include:
GTIN
Lot number
Serial number
The expiration date and many more
Some examples:
Note, the examples use the domain id.gs1.org, but brand owners can use their own domains.
An interesting addition to the new specification is that the data fields can be identified by either using the familiar GS1 Application Identifiers (AI) or by text identifiers. Note that this is only a quick intro, so check out the GS1 Digital Link specification to get complete information.
  The ability to include all this data in one barcode means that only one barcode needs to be printed on the package and it can be used for point of sale, traceability, anti-counterfeit and for customer engagement by sending a consumer who scans the code to an interactive website.
GS1 Digital Link could prove to be the biggest revolution in barcoding since the first code was scanned in a store 45 years ago.

When will this start?

It is going to take a while and we can expect to see both traditional UPC codes and the new QR codes used side by side until the infrastructure is in place to handle the new 2D barcodes.
 A survey carried out by the food marketing institute found that in the US nearly 40% of POS scanners are capable of reading 2D codes today and that will increase to about 55% by 2022.
The POS systems to handle the data are running somewhat behind, with an estimated 20% of systems being able to handle this data.
There is clearly a ways to go.
In the same survey, stakeholders saw the advantages of switching to data-rich solutions such as follows:
60% stated better inventory accuracy
40% stated better customer engagement
36% stated anti-counterfeit
35% stated improved recall control
33% stated expiration date control
* Yes, people could choose more than one.
Finally, 85% of stakeholders see 3-5 years to get a higher data density solution to the current UPC established.
So there is certainly a lot of interest in GS1 Digital Link. While I’ve discussed the use of QR codes in this podcast, other data carriers that could be used (and be very interesting) are NFC RFID tags and the Digimarc system that turns the complete package into the barcode. Digimarc will be the topic of a future podcast.
Should be interesting days ahead.
How can we help you meet your objectives for your labeling and barcode operations? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with an expert, right in your area!

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/GS1DL-sgtin.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/GS1DL-sgtin.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link

Using barcodes on packages for customer engagement? This idea is certainly not new – here is a link to a Packaging World article on this very topic from 2011.

The article specifically mentioned that QR codes would provide the ability to download coupons, enter contests, play games, and other fun activities – all powered by those little barcodes.

This all seemed quite exciting, but QR codes got old quickly and the concept seemed to fade away.

Fast forward to today and there is renewed interest in using packaging to actively engage with customers.

Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link

Listen to our GS1 Digital Link Podcast

Traditional ways to communicate to customers such as TV and print advertising are not performing as well as In the past.  These are also a one-way form of communication, yelling a message at consumers – no wonder they don’t work as well as in the past. In addition, engagement on a brand’s social media pages is in decline as well. What is a marketer to do?

As a result of all this, brand owners have a renewed interest trying to set up a direct connection to their customers based on the product packaging – the package is potentially the ultimate marketing tool.
Enter smart packaging – a means to allow brands to connect directly with their customers. Generally, a smart package will allow the customer to scan a barcode (yes, usually a QR Code) and be connected to an interactive website.

So QR codes are back – a lot of brands are using them – some quite creatively

Currently, there isn’t a standard to use QR codes  (or any type of barcode) for customer engagement so brands are tending to encode them in different ways – often just a URL, sometimes other data.
Of course, the package’s UPC  barcode still needs to be there so most items would have to have multiple barcodes – rather messy and takes up more space on the package.
The product UPC codes scanned at the point of sale haven’t really changed in the 45 years since the concept was introduced.

Wouldn’t it be great if, rather than have multiple barcodes on a package, a single one could contain the UPC data, weblink for customer engagement? Maybe we can!

Last year GS1 our favorite standards organization came out with a new concept: GS1 Digital Link.

While the name might not be too exciting, Digital Link has the potential to revolutionize how barcoding is used, to add true customer engagement and to (yes really) provide item-level serialization and traceability.
For primary packaging (what we would buy in a store), GS1’s barcoding is built around the concept of the Global Trade Item Number – GTIN. This is what is encoded in the common UPC barcode that is scanned at the checkout.
The GTIN in the item barcode basically consists of a company prefix and an SKU or stock keeping unit number. The GTIN identifies a type of product – a 12oz can of Pepsi Cola or an 8 oz bag of salt n vinegar Lay’s chips for example. Every item sold at retail and many other products that use the GS1 system (such as pharmaceutical or medical products) has a GTIN.
It is important to note that a GTIN doesn’t identify an individual item – every 12oz can of Pepsi will have the same GTIN.
Also, no additional data can be encoded in the product barcode – only the 12 digit UPC in the US or 13 digit EAN code internationally. This is why additional barcodes must currently be added to a package in the event a brand owner wants to encode more data.
Traditionally, barcodes in the GS1 system have been used in the supply chain from manufacturer to point of sale. They lose their usefulness once the product has been sold. GS1 Digital Link promises to extend the reach of the GS1 system all the way from the manufacturer to consumer and to provide a means of interaction between the brand owner and the consumer.

So how does it work?

For the first time, GS1 is allowing a 2D QR barcode to be used as the barcode for point of sale.
Encoded within the barcode is a URI (unique resource identifier – an example of which is the familiar website URLs we use every day) and a number of other possible data fields that include:
GTIN
Lot number
Serial number
The expiration date and many more
Some examples:
Note, the examples use the domain id.gs1.org, but brand owners can use their own domains.
Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link
An interesting addition to the new specification is that the data fields can be identified by either using the familiar GS1 Application Identifiers (AI) or by text identifiers. Note that this is only a quick intro, so check out the GS1 Digital Link specification to get complete information.
  The ability to include all this data in one barcode means that only one barcode needs to be printed on the package and it can be used for point of sale, traceability, anti-counterfeit and for customer engagement by sending a consumer who scans the code to an interactive website.
GS1 Digital Link could prove to be the biggest revolution in barcoding since the first code was scanned in a store 45 years ago.

When will this start?

It is going to take a while and we can expect to see both traditional UPC codes and the new QR codes used side by side until the infrastructure is in place to handle the new 2D barcodes.
 A survey carried out by the food marketing institute found that in the US nearly 40% of POS scanners are capable of reading 2D codes today and that will increase to about 55% by 2022.
The POS systems to handle the data are running somewhat behind, with an estimated 20% of systems being able to handle this data.
There is clearly a ways to go.
In the same survey, stakeholders saw the advantages of switching to data-rich solutions such as follows:
60% stated better inventory accuracy
40% stated better customer engagement
36% stated anti-counterfeit
35% stated improved recall control
33% stated expiration date control
* Yes, people could choose more than one.
Finally, 85% of stakeholders see 3-5 years to get a higher data density solution to the current UPC established.
So there is certainly a lot of interest in GS1 Digital Link. While I’ve discussed the use of QR codes in this podcast, other data carriers that could be used (and be very interesting) are NFC RFID tags and the Digimarc system that turns the complete package into the barcode. Digimarc will be the topic of a future podcast.
Should be interesting days ahead.
How can we help you meet your objectives for your labeling and barcode operations? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with an expert, right in your area!

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/GS1DL-gtin-other-data.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/GS1DL-gtin-other-data.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link

Using barcodes on packages for customer engagement? This idea is certainly not new – here is a link to a Packaging World article on this very topic from 2011.

The article specifically mentioned that QR codes would provide the ability to download coupons, enter contests, play games, and other fun activities – all powered by those little barcodes.

This all seemed quite exciting, but QR codes got old quickly and the concept seemed to fade away.

Fast forward to today and there is renewed interest in using packaging to actively engage with customers.

Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link

Listen to our GS1 Digital Link Podcast

Traditional ways to communicate to customers such as TV and print advertising are not performing as well as In the past.  These are also a one-way form of communication, yelling a message at consumers – no wonder they don’t work as well as in the past. In addition, engagement on a brand’s social media pages is in decline as well. What is a marketer to do?

As a result of all this, brand owners have a renewed interest trying to set up a direct connection to their customers based on the product packaging – the package is potentially the ultimate marketing tool.
Enter smart packaging – a means to allow brands to connect directly with their customers. Generally, a smart package will allow the customer to scan a barcode (yes, usually a QR Code) and be connected to an interactive website.

So QR codes are back – a lot of brands are using them – some quite creatively

Currently, there isn’t a standard to use QR codes  (or any type of barcode) for customer engagement so brands are tending to encode them in different ways – often just a URL, sometimes other data.
Of course, the package’s UPC  barcode still needs to be there so most items would have to have multiple barcodes – rather messy and takes up more space on the package.
The product UPC codes scanned at the point of sale haven’t really changed in the 45 years since the concept was introduced.

Wouldn’t it be great if, rather than have multiple barcodes on a package, a single one could contain the UPC data, weblink for customer engagement? Maybe we can!

Last year GS1 our favorite standards organization came out with a new concept: GS1 Digital Link.

While the name might not be too exciting, Digital Link has the potential to revolutionize how barcoding is used, to add true customer engagement and to (yes really) provide item-level serialization and traceability.
For primary packaging (what we would buy in a store), GS1’s barcoding is built around the concept of the Global Trade Item Number – GTIN. This is what is encoded in the common UPC barcode that is scanned at the checkout.
The GTIN in the item barcode basically consists of a company prefix and an SKU or stock keeping unit number. The GTIN identifies a type of product – a 12oz can of Pepsi Cola or an 8 oz bag of salt n vinegar Lay’s chips for example. Every item sold at retail and many other products that use the GS1 system (such as pharmaceutical or medical products) has a GTIN.
It is important to note that a GTIN doesn’t identify an individual item – every 12oz can of Pepsi will have the same GTIN.
Also, no additional data can be encoded in the product barcode – only the 12 digit UPC in the US or 13 digit EAN code internationally. This is why additional barcodes must currently be added to a package in the event a brand owner wants to encode more data.
Traditionally, barcodes in the GS1 system have been used in the supply chain from manufacturer to point of sale. They lose their usefulness once the product has been sold. GS1 Digital Link promises to extend the reach of the GS1 system all the way from the manufacturer to consumer and to provide a means of interaction between the brand owner and the consumer.

So how does it work?

For the first time, GS1 is allowing a 2D QR barcode to be used as the barcode for point of sale.
Encoded within the barcode is a URI (unique resource identifier – an example of which is the familiar website URLs we use every day) and a number of other possible data fields that include:
GTIN
Lot number
Serial number
The expiration date and many more
Some examples:
Note, the examples use the domain id.gs1.org, but brand owners can use their own domains.
Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link
Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link
An interesting addition to the new specification is that the data fields can be identified by either using the familiar GS1 Application Identifiers (AI) or by text identifiers. Note that this is only a quick intro, so check out the GS1 Digital Link specification to get complete information.
  The ability to include all this data in one barcode means that only one barcode needs to be printed on the package and it can be used for point of sale, traceability, anti-counterfeit and for customer engagement by sending a consumer who scans the code to an interactive website.
GS1 Digital Link could prove to be the biggest revolution in barcoding since the first code was scanned in a store 45 years ago.

When will this start?

It is going to take a while and we can expect to see both traditional UPC codes and the new QR codes used side by side until the infrastructure is in place to handle the new 2D barcodes.
 A survey carried out by the food marketing institute found that in the US nearly 40% of POS scanners are capable of reading 2D codes today and that will increase to about 55% by 2022.
The POS systems to handle the data are running somewhat behind, with an estimated 20% of systems being able to handle this data.
There is clearly a ways to go.
In the same survey, stakeholders saw the advantages of switching to data-rich solutions such as follows:
60% stated better inventory accuracy
40% stated better customer engagement
36% stated anti-counterfeit
35% stated improved recall control
33% stated expiration date control
* Yes, people could choose more than one.
Finally, 85% of stakeholders see 3-5 years to get a higher data density solution to the current UPC established.
So there is certainly a lot of interest in GS1 Digital Link. While I’ve discussed the use of QR codes in this podcast, other data carriers that could be used (and be very interesting) are NFC RFID tags and the Digimarc system that turns the complete package into the barcode. Digimarc will be the topic of a future podcast.
Should be interesting days ahead.
How can we help you meet your objectives for your labeling and barcode operations? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with an expert, right in your area!

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/08/customer-engagement-and-more-gs1-digital-link/ [syndication_item_hash] => 1e5148b5aacb103170db86cec5f4b5cf )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link

Array ( [post_title] => Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link [post_content] =>

Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link

Using barcodes on packages for customer engagement? This idea is certainly not new – here is a link to a Packaging World article on this very topic from 2011.

The article specifically mentioned that QR codes would provide the ability to download coupons, enter contests, play games, and other fun activities – all powered by those little barcodes.

This all seemed quite exciting, but QR codes got old quickly and the concept seemed to fade away.

Fast forward to today and there is renewed interest in using packaging to actively engage with customers.

Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link

Listen to our GS1 Digital Link Podcast

Traditional ways to communicate to customers such as TV and print advertising are not performing as well as In the past.  These are also a one-way form of communication, yelling a message at consumers – no wonder they don’t work as well as in the past. In addition, engagement on a brand’s social media pages is in decline as well. What is a marketer to do?

As a result of all this, brand owners have a renewed interest trying to set up a direct connection to their customers based on the product packaging – the package is potentially the ultimate marketing tool.
Enter smart packaging – a means to allow brands to connect directly with their customers. Generally, a smart package will allow the customer to scan a barcode (yes, usually a QR Code) and be connected to an interactive website.

So QR codes are back – a lot of brands are using them – some quite creatively

Currently, there isn’t a standard to use QR codes  (or any type of barcode) for customer engagement so brands are tending to encode them in different ways – often just a URL, sometimes other data.
Of course, the package’s UPC  barcode still needs to be there so most items would have to have multiple barcodes – rather messy and takes up more space on the package.
The product UPC codes scanned at the point of sale haven’t really changed in the 45 years since the concept was introduced.

Wouldn’t it be great if, rather than have multiple barcodes on a package, a single one could contain the UPC data, weblink for customer engagement? Maybe we can!

Last year GS1 our favorite standards organization came out with a new concept: GS1 Digital Link.

While the name might not be too exciting, Digital Link has the potential to revolutionize how barcoding is used, to add true customer engagement and to (yes really) provide item-level serialization and traceability.
For primary packaging (what we would buy in a store), GS1’s barcoding is built around the concept of the Global Trade Item Number – GTIN. This is what is encoded in the common UPC barcode that is scanned at the checkout.
The GTIN in the item barcode basically consists of a company prefix and an SKU or stock keeping unit number. The GTIN identifies a type of product – a 12oz can of Pepsi Cola or an 8 oz bag of salt n vinegar Lay’s chips for example. Every item sold at retail and many other products that use the GS1 system (such as pharmaceutical or medical products) has a GTIN.
It is important to note that a GTIN doesn’t identify an individual item – every 12oz can of Pepsi will have the same GTIN.
Also, no additional data can be encoded in the product barcode – only the 12 digit UPC in the US or 13 digit EAN code internationally. This is why additional barcodes must currently be added to a package in the event a brand owner wants to encode more data.
Traditionally, barcodes in the GS1 system have been used in the supply chain from manufacturer to point of sale. They lose their usefulness once the product has been sold. GS1 Digital Link promises to extend the reach of the GS1 system all the way from the manufacturer to consumer and to provide a means of interaction between the brand owner and the consumer.

So how does it work?

For the first time, GS1 is allowing a 2D QR barcode to be used as the barcode for point of sale.
Encoded within the barcode is a URI (unique resource identifier – an example of which is the familiar website URLs we use every day) and a number of other possible data fields that include:
GTIN
Lot number
Serial number
The expiration date and many more
Some examples:
Note, the examples use the domain id.gs1.org, but brand owners can use their own domains.
Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link
Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link
Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link
An interesting addition to the new specification is that the data fields can be identified by either using the familiar GS1 Application Identifiers (AI) or by text identifiers. Note that this is only a quick intro, so check out the GS1 Digital Link specification to get complete information.
  The ability to include all this data in one barcode means that only one barcode needs to be printed on the package and it can be used for point of sale, traceability, anti-counterfeit and for customer engagement by sending a consumer who scans the code to an interactive website.
GS1 Digital Link could prove to be the biggest revolution in barcoding since the first code was scanned in a store 45 years ago.

When will this start?

It is going to take a while and we can expect to see both traditional UPC codes and the new QR codes used side by side until the infrastructure is in place to handle the new 2D barcodes.
 A survey carried out by the food marketing institute found that in the US nearly 40% of POS scanners are capable of reading 2D codes today and that will increase to about 55% by 2022.
The POS systems to handle the data are running somewhat behind, with an estimated 20% of systems being able to handle this data.
There is clearly a ways to go.
In the same survey, stakeholders saw the advantages of switching to data-rich solutions such as follows:
60% stated better inventory accuracy
40% stated better customer engagement
36% stated anti-counterfeit
35% stated improved recall control
33% stated expiration date control
* Yes, people could choose more than one.
Finally, 85% of stakeholders see 3-5 years to get a higher data density solution to the current UPC established.
So there is certainly a lot of interest in GS1 Digital Link. While I’ve discussed the use of QR codes in this podcast, other data carriers that could be used (and be very interesting) are NFC RFID tags and the Digimarc system that turns the complete package into the barcode. Digimarc will be the topic of a future podcast.
Should be interesting days ahead.
How can we help you meet your objectives for your labeling and barcode operations? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with an expert, right in your area!
[post_excerpt] => Using barcodes on packages for customer engagement? This idea is certainly not new – here is a link to a Packaging World article on this very topic from 2011. The article specifically mentioned that QR codes would provide the ability to download coupons, enter contests, play games, and other fun activities – all powered by […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-08-05 18:10:41 [post_date] => 2019-08-05 18:10:41 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-08-05 18:10:41 [post_modified] => 2019-08-05 18:10:41 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://www.labelingnews.com/?p=5952 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/08/customer-engagement-and-more-gs1-digital-link/ [syndication_item_hash] => 1e5148b5aacb103170db86cec5f4b5cf [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0,0,0,0,0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1625 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

End of Parts & Service – SATO Printers

Array ( [post_title] => End of Parts & Service – SATO Printers [post_content] =>

As companies improve their products and introduce new models, earlier generations are discontinued and eventually can no longer be supported.

I recently received a reminder from SATO that some of their legacy models have reached the end of their service/support period.

Included are the following models:

SATO EOS

 

You can see the original SATO end of service notice here: SATO EOS Doc

Most users of these printers have already upgraded to current models, but if you happen to still be using any of these models, please note that by the end of August, service will end and spare parts will be limited until the end of the year, after which they can’t be ordered.

What Should You Do?

If you do use any of these discontinued printers, it is best to upgrade to a new  SATO CLNX printer. The new model has a lot of advantages and is designed to be a simple replacement for older printers. SATO also has a special trade-in program for the legacy printers that you can take advantage of. ID Technology can help you with every step of this process.

Want to Get Started?

Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with one of our labeling experts, right in your area.

[post_excerpt] => As companies improve their products and introduce new models, earlier generations are discontinued and eventually can no longer be supported. I recently received a reminder from SATO that some of their legacy models have reached the end of their service/support period. Included are the following models:   You can see the original SATO end of […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-07-08 13:43:26 [post_date] => 2019-07-08 13:43:26 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-07-08 13:43:26 [post_modified] => 2019-07-08 13:43:26 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://www.labelingnews.com/?p=5948 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/07/end-of-parts-service-sato-printers/ [syndication_item_hash] => ad8095d3f74bd5de50bcb5355c1f6d3e ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1625 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/07/SATO-end-support-1.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/07/SATO-end-support-1.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : SATO EOS - SATO EOS ON

As companies improve their products and introduce new models, earlier generations are discontinued and eventually can no longer be supported.

I recently received a reminder from SATO that some of their legacy models have reached the end of their service/support period.

Included are the following models:

SATO EOS

 

You can see the original SATO end of service notice here: SATO EOS Doc

Most users of these printers have already upgraded to current models, but if you happen to still be using any of these models, please note that by the end of August, service will end and spare parts will be limited until the end of the year, after which they can’t be ordered.

What Should You Do?

If you do use any of these discontinued printers, it is best to upgrade to a new  SATO CLNX printer. The new model has a lot of advantages and is designed to be a simple replacement for older printers. SATO also has a special trade-in program for the legacy printers that you can take advantage of. ID Technology can help you with every step of this process.

Want to Get Started?

Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with one of our labeling experts, right in your area.

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/07/end-of-parts-service-sato-printers/ [syndication_item_hash] => ad8095d3f74bd5de50bcb5355c1f6d3e )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :End of Parts & Service – SATO Printers

Array ( [post_title] => End of Parts & Service – SATO Printers [post_content] =>

As companies improve their products and introduce new models, earlier generations are discontinued and eventually can no longer be supported.

I recently received a reminder from SATO that some of their legacy models have reached the end of their service/support period.

Included are the following models:

End of Parts & Service – SATO Printers

 

You can see the original SATO end of service notice here: SATO EOS Doc

Most users of these printers have already upgraded to current models, but if you happen to still be using any of these models, please note that by the end of August, service will end and spare parts will be limited until the end of the year, after which they can’t be ordered.

What Should You Do?

If you do use any of these discontinued printers, it is best to upgrade to a new  SATO CLNX printer. The new model has a lot of advantages and is designed to be a simple replacement for older printers. SATO also has a special trade-in program for the legacy printers that you can take advantage of. ID Technology can help you with every step of this process.

Want to Get Started?

Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with one of our labeling experts, right in your area.

[post_excerpt] => As companies improve their products and introduce new models, earlier generations are discontinued and eventually can no longer be supported. I recently received a reminder from SATO that some of their legacy models have reached the end of their service/support period. Included are the following models:   You can see the original SATO end of […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-07-08 13:43:26 [post_date] => 2019-07-08 13:43:26 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-07-08 13:43:26 [post_modified] => 2019-07-08 13:43:26 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://www.labelingnews.com/?p=5948 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/07/end-of-parts-service-sato-printers/ [syndication_item_hash] => ad8095d3f74bd5de50bcb5355c1f6d3e [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1625 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Podcast – Lasers and Sustainability

Array ( [post_title] => Podcast – Lasers and Sustainability [post_content] =>

The Labeling News PodcastOur most recent podcast covered two topics:

The Loop waste-free packaging concept and how laser coding can help brands meet their sustainability targets.

In this episode I take advantage of a visit to Macsa ID in Barcelona, to chat with Macsa’s CEO Jordi Pinot on the topic of sustainability in packaging and how laser coding can help companies meet their sustainability goals.

Before this, there is a quick update on the Loop circular packaging system. Kroger is now a Loop partner here in the US as well as Walgreens. I’m still somewhat skeptical about this, but it does seem to be making progress.

Loop Waste Free Packaging Concept

On the topic of lasers for coding and marking products, Macsa has a very complete line up of laser systems for just about every application – see more info here: https://www.idtechnology.com/products/coding-solutions/laser-coders/

Laser Coding Can Help Meet Sustainability Targets

In the podcast, we discuss how laser coding allows for permanent prints to be added to all kinds of products. Lasers use no inks or solvents, making them an environmentally friendly way to add date and traceability codes as well as barcodes to many types of packaging materials.

Listen to the podcast here: Labeling News Podcast Episode 5   or search for Labeling News at Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

 

[post_excerpt] => Our most recent podcast covered two topics: The Loop waste-free packaging concept and how laser coding can help brands meet their sustainability targets. In this episode I take advantage of a visit to Macsa ID in Barcelona, to chat with Macsa’s CEO Jordi Pinot on the topic of sustainability in packaging and how laser coding […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-06-20 12:43:21 [post_date] => 2019-06-20 12:43:21 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-06-20 12:43:21 [post_modified] => 2019-06-20 12:43:21 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://www.labelingnews.com/?p=5942 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/06/podcast-lasers-and-sustainability/ [syndication_item_hash] => 0b8ad6117407d36c3ba725c7ac734c57 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1625 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/PodcastThumbblog-150x150.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/PodcastThumbblog-150x150.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : The Labeling News Podcast - The Labeling News Podcast ON

The Labeling News PodcastOur most recent podcast covered two topics:

The Loop waste-free packaging concept and how laser coding can help brands meet their sustainability targets.

In this episode I take advantage of a visit to Macsa ID in Barcelona, to chat with Macsa’s CEO Jordi Pinot on the topic of sustainability in packaging and how laser coding can help companies meet their sustainability goals.

Before this, there is a quick update on the Loop circular packaging system. Kroger is now a Loop partner here in the US as well as Walgreens. I’m still somewhat skeptical about this, but it does seem to be making progress.

Loop Waste Free Packaging Concept

On the topic of lasers for coding and marking products, Macsa has a very complete line up of laser systems for just about every application – see more info here: https://www.idtechnology.com/products/coding-solutions/laser-coders/

Laser Coding Can Help Meet Sustainability Targets

In the podcast, we discuss how laser coding allows for permanent prints to be added to all kinds of products. Lasers use no inks or solvents, making them an environmentally friendly way to add date and traceability codes as well as barcodes to many types of packaging materials.

Listen to the podcast here: Labeling News Podcast Episode 5   or search for Labeling News at Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

 

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Loop-Packaging-Concept.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Loop-Packaging-Concept.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Podcast – Lasers and SustainabilityOur most recent podcast covered two topics:

The Loop waste-free packaging concept and how laser coding can help brands meet their sustainability targets.

In this episode I take advantage of a visit to Macsa ID in Barcelona, to chat with Macsa’s CEO Jordi Pinot on the topic of sustainability in packaging and how laser coding can help companies meet their sustainability goals.

Before this, there is a quick update on the Loop circular packaging system. Kroger is now a Loop partner here in the US as well as Walgreens. I’m still somewhat skeptical about this, but it does seem to be making progress.

Loop Waste Free Packaging Concept

On the topic of lasers for coding and marking products, Macsa has a very complete line up of laser systems for just about every application – see more info here: https://www.idtechnology.com/products/coding-solutions/laser-coders/

Laser Coding Can Help Meet Sustainability Targets

In the podcast, we discuss how laser coding allows for permanent prints to be added to all kinds of products. Lasers use no inks or solvents, making them an environmentally friendly way to add date and traceability codes as well as barcodes to many types of packaging materials.

Listen to the podcast here: Labeling News Podcast Episode 5   or search for Labeling News at Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

 

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/lasers-sustainabilty.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/lasers-sustainabilty.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Podcast – Lasers and SustainabilityOur most recent podcast covered two topics:

The Loop waste-free packaging concept and how laser coding can help brands meet their sustainability targets.

In this episode I take advantage of a visit to Macsa ID in Barcelona, to chat with Macsa’s CEO Jordi Pinot on the topic of sustainability in packaging and how laser coding can help companies meet their sustainability goals.

Before this, there is a quick update on the Loop circular packaging system. Kroger is now a Loop partner here in the US as well as Walgreens. I’m still somewhat skeptical about this, but it does seem to be making progress.

Podcast – Lasers and Sustainability

Loop Waste Free Packaging Concept

On the topic of lasers for coding and marking products, Macsa has a very complete line up of laser systems for just about every application – see more info here: https://www.idtechnology.com/products/coding-solutions/laser-coders/

Laser Coding Can Help Meet Sustainability Targets

In the podcast, we discuss how laser coding allows for permanent prints to be added to all kinds of products. Lasers use no inks or solvents, making them an environmentally friendly way to add date and traceability codes as well as barcodes to many types of packaging materials.

Listen to the podcast here: Labeling News Podcast Episode 5   or search for Labeling News at Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

 

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/06/podcast-lasers-and-sustainability/ [syndication_item_hash] => 0b8ad6117407d36c3ba725c7ac734c57 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Podcast – Lasers and Sustainability

Array ( [post_title] => Podcast – Lasers and Sustainability [post_content] =>

Podcast – Lasers and SustainabilityOur most recent podcast covered two topics:

The Loop waste-free packaging concept and how laser coding can help brands meet their sustainability targets.

In this episode I take advantage of a visit to Macsa ID in Barcelona, to chat with Macsa’s CEO Jordi Pinot on the topic of sustainability in packaging and how laser coding can help companies meet their sustainability goals.

Before this, there is a quick update on the Loop circular packaging system. Kroger is now a Loop partner here in the US as well as Walgreens. I’m still somewhat skeptical about this, but it does seem to be making progress.

Podcast – Lasers and Sustainability

Loop Waste Free Packaging Concept

On the topic of lasers for coding and marking products, Macsa has a very complete line up of laser systems for just about every application – see more info here: https://www.idtechnology.com/products/coding-solutions/laser-coders/

Podcast – Lasers and Sustainability

Laser Coding Can Help Meet Sustainability Targets

In the podcast, we discuss how laser coding allows for permanent prints to be added to all kinds of products. Lasers use no inks or solvents, making them an environmentally friendly way to add date and traceability codes as well as barcodes to many types of packaging materials.

Listen to the podcast here: Labeling News Podcast Episode 5   or search for Labeling News at Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

 

[post_excerpt] => Our most recent podcast covered two topics: The Loop waste-free packaging concept and how laser coding can help brands meet their sustainability targets. In this episode I take advantage of a visit to Macsa ID in Barcelona, to chat with Macsa’s CEO Jordi Pinot on the topic of sustainability in packaging and how laser coding […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-06-20 12:43:21 [post_date] => 2019-06-20 12:43:21 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-06-20 12:43:21 [post_modified] => 2019-06-20 12:43:21 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://www.labelingnews.com/?p=5942 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/06/podcast-lasers-and-sustainability/ [syndication_item_hash] => 0b8ad6117407d36c3ba725c7ac734c57 [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0,0,0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1625 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Product Handling Considerations for Barcoding on Shipping Cases

Array ( [post_title] => Product Handling Considerations for Barcoding on Shipping Cases [post_content] =>

Using inkjet printers to add variable information to shipping cases, is increasing in popularity. Using this technique can dramatically reduce the number of pre-printed items that need to be managed and fit into company efforts to increase digitalization and move to a lean workflow.

Here at ID Technology, we have a lot of experience when it comes to installing inkjet systems for printing barcodes, text and graphics onto corrugated cases. We are a founding distributor of the FoxJet ProSeries system and have won the prestigious Regency Award for top FoxJet distributor for 14 consecutive years.

If there is one thing we’ve learned over this time, it’s that having good product handling is as important as having good printing equipment for getting the high-quality, compliant GS1 barcodes that customers demand. If the boxes are not presented consistently and accurately to the printheads, this will show in poor print quality and in particular will not allow high-quality barcodes to be printed.

To help educate users on best practices for product handling, our friends at FoxJet recently produced a detailed whitepaper on this topic that goes over many of the issues that are important to ensure great quality printing every time.

FoxJet ProSeries Printers

The whitepaper the transition from the case taper or sealer to the conveyor where the barcode printers are installed as being an area of crucial importance. Because space is often limited on packaging lines, the printheads often have to be installed very close to the exit of the case sealer. Some important factors are:

Carton Control – Proximity to the Printhead

It is important that after leaving the case sealer, the boxes are correctly presented the correct distance from the printheads. The drops of ink that are fired from the printheads can only travel a short distance while maintaining accuracy. If the box is too far away, print quality will decline and if so close it hits the printhead, damage might occur.

Be sure to control the boxes gently so that the boxes are undamaged as they pass through your packaging processes.

It’s best to use guide rails to accurately control the position of the box and even better use in conjunction with FoxJet’s retracting printhead brackets. This bracket uses a roller allow the printhead to be the correct distance from the box every time.

Product/Conveyor Speed

Ensure that boxes leaving your case sealer are traveling at a speed that is within the limits of your inkjet printer. Our FoxJet ProSeries printheads are able to print high-quality text, barcodes and images at up to 300ft per minute, which is enough for all but the fastest production lines.

Angel Hair

No, we are not talking pasta here! Some case sealing machines use hot melt adhesive to hold the flaps on the boxes closed. At times the adhesive applicators can leave a stringy residue behind that can get stuck to the printheads and block the tiny nozzles. Dust from the corrugated boxes can be bad too – be sure to regularly clean your packaging equipment and the printheads.

Vibrations

Good quality printing depends on the boxes being transferred smoothly past the printheads. Make sure your conveyor belt runs smoothly and that you are not dropping boxes onto the conveyor where the printheads are mounted. We’ve seen this happen and the results are not always pretty!

Best Practice of All

The best way to get the best labeling or coding for your shipping cases is to connect with your local ID Technology representative. With many years of experience, combined with the case packing, sealing and product handling of ProMach, we are able to help you determine the best solution for all your case coding or labeling needs.

How can ID Technology and ProMach help you meet your objectives for your packaging barcode and coding operations? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with an expert, right in your area!

[post_excerpt] => Using inkjet printers to add variable information to shipping cases, is increasing in popularity. Using this technique can dramatically reduce the number of pre-printed items that need to be managed and fit into company efforts to increase digitalization and move to a lean workflow. Here at ID Technology, we have a lot of experience when […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-06-18 21:03:04 [post_date] => 2019-06-18 21:03:04 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-06-18 21:03:04 [post_modified] => 2019-06-18 21:03:04 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://www.labelingnews.com/?p=5937 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/06/product-handling-considerations-for-barcoding-on-shipping-cases/ [syndication_item_hash] => 380c6e3d4f6ebf63ea44ce5e8d7bf988 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1625 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/warehouse-pallets.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/warehouse-pallets.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Using inkjet printers to add variable information to shipping cases, is increasing in popularity. Using this technique can dramatically reduce the number of pre-printed items that need to be managed and fit into company efforts to increase digitalization and move to a lean workflow.

Here at ID Technology, we have a lot of experience when it comes to installing inkjet systems for printing barcodes, text and graphics onto corrugated cases. We are a founding distributor of the FoxJet ProSeries system and have won the prestigious Regency Award for top FoxJet distributor for 14 consecutive years.

If there is one thing we’ve learned over this time, it’s that having good product handling is as important as having good printing equipment for getting the high-quality, compliant GS1 barcodes that customers demand. If the boxes are not presented consistently and accurately to the printheads, this will show in poor print quality and in particular will not allow high-quality barcodes to be printed.

To help educate users on best practices for product handling, our friends at FoxJet recently produced a detailed whitepaper on this topic that goes over many of the issues that are important to ensure great quality printing every time.

FoxJet ProSeries Printers

The whitepaper the transition from the case taper or sealer to the conveyor where the barcode printers are installed as being an area of crucial importance. Because space is often limited on packaging lines, the printheads often have to be installed very close to the exit of the case sealer. Some important factors are:

Carton Control – Proximity to the Printhead

It is important that after leaving the case sealer, the boxes are correctly presented the correct distance from the printheads. The drops of ink that are fired from the printheads can only travel a short distance while maintaining accuracy. If the box is too far away, print quality will decline and if so close it hits the printhead, damage might occur.

Be sure to control the boxes gently so that the boxes are undamaged as they pass through your packaging processes.

It’s best to use guide rails to accurately control the position of the box and even better use in conjunction with FoxJet’s retracting printhead brackets. This bracket uses a roller allow the printhead to be the correct distance from the box every time.

Product/Conveyor Speed

Ensure that boxes leaving your case sealer are traveling at a speed that is within the limits of your inkjet printer. Our FoxJet ProSeries printheads are able to print high-quality text, barcodes and images at up to 300ft per minute, which is enough for all but the fastest production lines.

Angel Hair

No, we are not talking pasta here! Some case sealing machines use hot melt adhesive to hold the flaps on the boxes closed. At times the adhesive applicators can leave a stringy residue behind that can get stuck to the printheads and block the tiny nozzles. Dust from the corrugated boxes can be bad too – be sure to regularly clean your packaging equipment and the printheads.

Vibrations

Good quality printing depends on the boxes being transferred smoothly past the printheads. Make sure your conveyor belt runs smoothly and that you are not dropping boxes onto the conveyor where the printheads are mounted. We’ve seen this happen and the results are not always pretty!

Best Practice of All

The best way to get the best labeling or coding for your shipping cases is to connect with your local ID Technology representative. With many years of experience, combined with the case packing, sealing and product handling of ProMach, we are able to help you determine the best solution for all your case coding or labeling needs.

How can ID Technology and ProMach help you meet your objectives for your packaging barcode and coding operations? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with an expert, right in your area!

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/FJ-WP.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/FJ-WP.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Product Handling Considerations for Barcoding on Shipping CasesUsing inkjet printers to add variable information to shipping cases, is increasing in popularity. Using this technique can dramatically reduce the number of pre-printed items that need to be managed and fit into company efforts to increase digitalization and move to a lean workflow.

Here at ID Technology, we have a lot of experience when it comes to installing inkjet systems for printing barcodes, text and graphics onto corrugated cases. We are a founding distributor of the FoxJet ProSeries system and have won the prestigious Regency Award for top FoxJet distributor for 14 consecutive years.

If there is one thing we’ve learned over this time, it’s that having good product handling is as important as having good printing equipment for getting the high-quality, compliant GS1 barcodes that customers demand. If the boxes are not presented consistently and accurately to the printheads, this will show in poor print quality and in particular will not allow high-quality barcodes to be printed.

To help educate users on best practices for product handling, our friends at FoxJet recently produced a detailed whitepaper on this topic that goes over many of the issues that are important to ensure great quality printing every time.

FoxJet ProSeries Printers

The whitepaper the transition from the case taper or sealer to the conveyor where the barcode printers are installed as being an area of crucial importance. Because space is often limited on packaging lines, the printheads often have to be installed very close to the exit of the case sealer. Some important factors are:

Carton Control – Proximity to the Printhead

It is important that after leaving the case sealer, the boxes are correctly presented the correct distance from the printheads. The drops of ink that are fired from the printheads can only travel a short distance while maintaining accuracy. If the box is too far away, print quality will decline and if so close it hits the printhead, damage might occur.

Be sure to control the boxes gently so that the boxes are undamaged as they pass through your packaging processes.

It’s best to use guide rails to accurately control the position of the box and even better use in conjunction with FoxJet’s retracting printhead brackets. This bracket uses a roller allow the printhead to be the correct distance from the box every time.

Product/Conveyor Speed

Ensure that boxes leaving your case sealer are traveling at a speed that is within the limits of your inkjet printer. Our FoxJet ProSeries printheads are able to print high-quality text, barcodes and images at up to 300ft per minute, which is enough for all but the fastest production lines.

Angel Hair

No, we are not talking pasta here! Some case sealing machines use hot melt adhesive to hold the flaps on the boxes closed. At times the adhesive applicators can leave a stringy residue behind that can get stuck to the printheads and block the tiny nozzles. Dust from the corrugated boxes can be bad too – be sure to regularly clean your packaging equipment and the printheads.

Vibrations

Good quality printing depends on the boxes being transferred smoothly past the printheads. Make sure your conveyor belt runs smoothly and that you are not dropping boxes onto the conveyor where the printheads are mounted. We’ve seen this happen and the results are not always pretty!

Best Practice of All

The best way to get the best labeling or coding for your shipping cases is to connect with your local ID Technology representative. With many years of experience, combined with the case packing, sealing and product handling of ProMach, we are able to help you determine the best solution for all your case coding or labeling needs.

How can ID Technology and ProMach help you meet your objectives for your packaging barcode and coding operations? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with an expert, right in your area!

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/proseries.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/proseries.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Product Handling Considerations for Barcoding on Shipping CasesUsing inkjet printers to add variable information to shipping cases, is increasing in popularity. Using this technique can dramatically reduce the number of pre-printed items that need to be managed and fit into company efforts to increase digitalization and move to a lean workflow.

Here at ID Technology, we have a lot of experience when it comes to installing inkjet systems for printing barcodes, text and graphics onto corrugated cases. We are a founding distributor of the Product Handling Considerations for Barcoding on Shipping CasesFoxJet ProSeries system and have won the prestigious Regency Award for top FoxJet distributor for 14 consecutive years.

If there is one thing we’ve learned over this time, it’s that having good product handling is as important as having good printing equipment for getting the high-quality, compliant GS1 barcodes that customers demand. If the boxes are not presented consistently and accurately to the printheads, this will show in poor print quality and in particular will not allow high-quality barcodes to be printed.

To help educate users on best practices for product handling, our friends at FoxJet recently produced a detailed whitepaper on this topic that goes over many of the issues that are important to ensure great quality printing every time.

FoxJet ProSeries Printers

The whitepaper the transition from the case taper or sealer to the conveyor where the barcode printers are installed as being an area of crucial importance. Because space is often limited on packaging lines, the printheads often have to be installed very close to the exit of the case sealer. Some important factors are:

Carton Control – Proximity to the Printhead

It is important that after leaving the case sealer, the boxes are correctly presented the correct distance from the printheads. The drops of ink that are fired from the printheads can only travel a short distance while maintaining accuracy. If the box is too far away, print quality will decline and if so close it hits the printhead, damage might occur.

Be sure to control the boxes gently so that the boxes are undamaged as they pass through your packaging processes.

It’s best to use guide rails to accurately control the position of the box and even better use in conjunction with FoxJet’s retracting printhead brackets. This bracket uses a roller allow the printhead to be the correct distance from the box every time.

Product/Conveyor Speed

Ensure that boxes leaving your case sealer are traveling at a speed that is within the limits of your inkjet printer. Our FoxJet ProSeries printheads are able to print high-quality text, barcodes and images at up to 300ft per minute, which is enough for all but the fastest production lines.

Angel Hair

No, we are not talking pasta here! Some case sealing machines use hot melt adhesive to hold the flaps on the boxes closed. At times the adhesive applicators can leave a stringy residue behind that can get stuck to the printheads and block the tiny nozzles. Dust from the corrugated boxes can be bad too – be sure to regularly clean your packaging equipment and the printheads.

Vibrations

Good quality printing depends on the boxes being transferred smoothly past the printheads. Make sure your conveyor belt runs smoothly and that you are not dropping boxes onto the conveyor where the printheads are mounted. We’ve seen this happen and the results are not always pretty!

Best Practice of All

The best way to get the best labeling or coding for your shipping cases is to connect with your local ID Technology representative. With many years of experience, combined with the case packing, sealing and product handling of ProMach, we are able to help you determine the best solution for all your case coding or labeling needs.

How can ID Technology and ProMach help you meet your objectives for your packaging barcode and coding operations? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with an expert, right in your area!

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/06/product-handling-considerations-for-barcoding-on-shipping-cases/ [syndication_item_hash] => 380c6e3d4f6ebf63ea44ce5e8d7bf988 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Product Handling Considerations for Barcoding on Shipping Cases

Array ( [post_title] => Product Handling Considerations for Barcoding on Shipping Cases [post_content] =>

Product Handling Considerations for Barcoding on Shipping CasesUsing inkjet printers to add variable information to shipping cases, is increasing in popularity. Using this technique can dramatically reduce the number of pre-printed items that need to be managed and fit into company efforts to increase digitalization and move to a lean workflow.

Here at ID Technology, we have a lot of experience when it comes to installing inkjet systems for printing barcodes, text and graphics onto corrugated cases. We are a founding distributor of the Product Handling Considerations for Barcoding on Shipping CasesFoxJet ProSeries system and have won the prestigious Regency Award for top FoxJet distributor for 14 consecutive years.

If there is one thing we’ve learned over this time, it’s that having good product handling is as important as having good printing equipment for getting the high-quality, compliant GS1 barcodes that customers demand. If the boxes are not presented consistently and accurately to the printheads, this will show in poor print quality and in particular will not allow high-quality barcodes to be printed.

To help educate users on best practices for product handling, our friends at FoxJet recently produced a detailed whitepaper on this topic that goes over many of the issues that are important to ensure great quality printing every time.

Product Handling Considerations for Barcoding on Shipping Cases

FoxJet ProSeries Printers

The whitepaper the transition from the case taper or sealer to the conveyor where the barcode printers are installed as being an area of crucial importance. Because space is often limited on packaging lines, the printheads often have to be installed very close to the exit of the case sealer. Some important factors are:

Carton Control – Proximity to the Printhead

It is important that after leaving the case sealer, the boxes are correctly presented the correct distance from the printheads. The drops of ink that are fired from the printheads can only travel a short distance while maintaining accuracy. If the box is too far away, print quality will decline and if so close it hits the printhead, damage might occur.

Be sure to control the boxes gently so that the boxes are undamaged as they pass through your packaging processes.

It’s best to use guide rails to accurately control the position of the box and even better use in conjunction with FoxJet’s retracting printhead brackets. This bracket uses a roller allow the printhead to be the correct distance from the box every time.

Product/Conveyor Speed

Ensure that boxes leaving your case sealer are traveling at a speed that is within the limits of your inkjet printer. Our FoxJet ProSeries printheads are able to print high-quality text, barcodes and images at up to 300ft per minute, which is enough for all but the fastest production lines.

Angel Hair

No, we are not talking pasta here! Some case sealing machines use hot melt adhesive to hold the flaps on the boxes closed. At times the adhesive applicators can leave a stringy residue behind that can get stuck to the printheads and block the tiny nozzles. Dust from the corrugated boxes can be bad too – be sure to regularly clean your packaging equipment and the printheads.

Vibrations

Good quality printing depends on the boxes being transferred smoothly past the printheads. Make sure your conveyor belt runs smoothly and that you are not dropping boxes onto the conveyor where the printheads are mounted. We’ve seen this happen and the results are not always pretty!

Best Practice of All

The best way to get the best labeling or coding for your shipping cases is to connect with your local ID Technology representative. With many years of experience, combined with the case packing, sealing and product handling of ProMach, we are able to help you determine the best solution for all your case coding or labeling needs.

How can ID Technology and ProMach help you meet your objectives for your packaging barcode and coding operations? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with an expert, right in your area!

[post_excerpt] => Using inkjet printers to add variable information to shipping cases, is increasing in popularity. Using this technique can dramatically reduce the number of pre-printed items that need to be managed and fit into company efforts to increase digitalization and move to a lean workflow. Here at ID Technology, we have a lot of experience when […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-06-18 21:03:04 [post_date] => 2019-06-18 21:03:04 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-06-18 21:03:04 [post_modified] => 2019-06-18 21:03:04 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://www.labelingnews.com/?p=5937 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/06/product-handling-considerations-for-barcoding-on-shipping-cases/ [syndication_item_hash] => 380c6e3d4f6ebf63ea44ce5e8d7bf988 [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0,0,0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1625 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )


Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /homepages/41/d79740523/htdocs/converternews/wp-content/plugins/feedwordpress/syndicatedpost.class.php on line 1330

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Barcodes – Validation vs Verification in GS1

Array ( [post_title] => Barcodes – Validation vs Verification in GS1 [post_content] =>

Verify or Validate Your GS1 Barcodes?

When talking about ensuring barcodes are correct, many people use the words validation and verification as though they are interchangeable – this is something that is not correct. Many companies that should know better promote their barcode reading systems as verifying barcodes when they are actually validating.

Validating and verifying a barcode are two separate processes, each being important to ensuring that barcodes used on products and packaging are correctly encoded with the right data and that the quality is of an acceptable level.
Barcodes are very important in many industries. Whether used to identify a product in a retail store, a shipping case traveling through a logistics supply chain, or on an important component used in aerospace, each barcode should contain the right data (encoded in the appropriate format) and also be guaranteed to be read with an appropriate barcode scanner.
If you are printing or using barcodes within the GS1 system, every application has rules concerning how the data is encoded and the minimum barcode quality standards. Some organizations demand that their vendors meet the GS1 quality standards (or sometimes exceed them) and failure to do so can result in very expensive chargebacks for non-compliance.
Let’s look more closely at Validation and Verification for linear barcodes – we’ll discuss 2D barcodes in a future article.
Barcode Validation vs Verification

Barcode Validation

Barcode Validation is all about ensuring the barcode actually scans and that the format of the data is correct for the application in question. As mentioned above, Validation is like spelling and it is easy to do – in most cases, we can validate barcodes with our smartphones. Here’s a quick example:
Validation or Verification for barcodes

This is a very common barcode – a GS1 128 code that is encoded with a GTIN and a lot (or batch) number. Using the Barcode Check app on my phone I can get a very helpful validation report:

GS1 128 barcode Validation Report - smartphone

This is really useful because it shows me that my barcode meets the GS1 encoding spec and it confirms that the GTIN and lot number are correctly identified. This app also produces a report that can be saved or emailed.

While this is all very good – and I use this and similar apps all the time – validating the barcode does not show that it meets the GS1 or any other quality standard. It certainly won’t help when your large customer tells you that although your barcodes scan ok, they are not meeting the GS1 quality criteria. To ensure barcode quality, it is important to have a program in place to actually verify that your barcodes are meeting the quality standard.

Barcode Verification

For GS1 applications, there are clearly defined quality standards for each type of barcode that is allowed for that application.

As an example, here are the common barcodes GS1 allows for use in General Distribution (that don’t need to be scanned at POS):

GS1 Barcodes General Distribution

Barcodes for General Distribution (Click for larger version)

I’ve left out a few of the allowed barcodes (the GS1 Databar codes) to keep the table size manageable – in my experience, most barcodes used in distribution (at least in North America) are ITF-14 and GS1-128, with UPC from time to time. Note that currently (late 2018), only linear barcodes are approved for these distribution applications.

As well as specifying barcode symbols the table also shows the maximum and minimum sizes for the barcode x-dimension (width of the smallest bars) and height, as well as the minimum quiet zone (clear space) that needs to be positioned at each end of the barcode. The final column in the table specifies the minimum quality specification that the barcode is required to meet – in each case, it is defined as 1.5/10/660. In the remainder of this article, we’ll look at what these numbers mean.

1.5/10/660

In the GS1 system, linear barcodes are verified against the ISO/IEC 15426-1 standard.

The standard grades a number of the barcode parameters and returns a single score – in the case of the GS1 distribution barcodes (with one exception) that score is 1.5.

The verification process inspects a number of parameters and assigns each one a grade between 0.0 and 4.0.

The standard recommends that 10 scans are completed for each parameter (across different parts of the symbol) and the score for that parameter is the average of the 10.

The lowest score for any one of the parameters is the overall score for that symbol – it is rounded to one decimal place.

In our GS1 example, the 1.5 represents the minimum passing score the symbol must achieve.

Aperture & Wavelength of Verification Device.

When verifying a barcode, the resolution of the inspecting device as well as the lighting in the area can have an effect on the results obtained.

In an effort to standardize the testing as much as possible, GS1 specifies two testing parameters.

GS1 Webinar

Recently I did a short webinar on validation and verification with SATO America and GS1 – check it out!

An Exception to the Rule.

After all this attempt at standardization, there is an exception included in the GS1 specification.

When printing directly onto brown corrugated (using technologies such as inkjet, or flexo), the lack of contrast between the bars and the brown background material causes the verification score to be reduced and the 1.5 target to be unobtainable.

GS1 takes this into account by making the following statement: “For ITF-14 symbols printed on labels with off-set, thermal, or laser print with an X-dimension 0.495 millimetre (0.0195 inch), the minimum quality specification is 1.5/10/660. For ITF-14 symbols printed directly on corrugate or labels with an X-dimension greater than or equal to 0.635 millimetre (0.0250 inch), the minimum quality specification is 0.5/20/660”.

So our customers using FoxJet ProSeries printers to print the ITF-14 barcode on cases can verify against the less stringent target, as long as the x-dimension is is above 25 mils.

Why Go Through All This?

Obviously, the use of auto-identification of items in supply chains using barcodes depends on the codes being readable at every step. The use of the GS1 standards ensures that barcodes are printed consistently and anyone using barcode scanners that meet the same requirements should be able to read them with no problems – regardless of whether they are using brand new imaging scanners or have 20-year-old laser scanners in a warehouse.

For anyone shipping barcoded packaging, verification is the only way to know for sure the barcode is correct and that it will be readable.

I had a great example of this just yesterday – a label printed on one of our own labeling systems included a UPC code. I didn’t have a verifier handy or even an industrial scanner – just my trusty phone. I scanned the barcode with two reliable apps – one would read it easily, one not at all. Did my barcode meet the GS1 requirement? I have no idea! This wasn’t for a production job so not a big deal. On the other hand, if you are using barcodes for your product or secondary packaging, you never want to be in that uncertain position.

Want to Learn More?

If you want to learn more about the various barcodes and how they are used in the GS1 system, you can download our GS1 Barcode Intro. Also, our ID Technology team is always ready to help you make sure that you labeling and barcode operations meet all your customer’s and GS1 requirements. Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3 or contact David Holliday at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We can help you sort through the details and be on your way to labeling and coding your products with confidence.

 

 

[post_excerpt] => When talking about ensuring barcodes are correct, many people use the words validation and verification as though they are interchangeable – this is something that is not correct. Many companies that should know better promote their barcode reading systems as verifying barcodes when they are actually validating. Validating and verifying a barcode are two separate […] [post_date_gmt] => 2018-11-28 21:10:02 [post_date] => 2018-11-28 21:10:02 [post_modified_gmt] => 2018-11-28 21:10:02 [post_modified] => 2018-11-28 21:10:02 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://www.labelingnews.com/?p=5858 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2018/11/barcodes-validation-vs-verification-in-gs1/ [syndication_item_hash] => Array ( [0] => 471bca0137552ba529b75823f80406b3 [1] => d427dd21c74300b34cd718ded638fb80 [2] => fe0ea45a417e2614663f9f6661343c34 [3] => a1d27a229a92d080c27ab655cadfdd00 [4] => 2aa562a6d75c8b4c32e9fa243413c834 ) ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1625 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) [post_name] => barcodes-validation-vs-verification-in-gs1 )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:http://labelingnews.wpengine.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/Barcode-Scanning.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://labelingnews.wpengine.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/Barcode-Scanning.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : Verify or Validate Your GS1 Barcodes? - Verify or Validate Your GS1 Barcodes? ON

Verify or Validate Your GS1 Barcodes?

When talking about ensuring barcodes are correct, many people use the words validation and verification as though they are interchangeable – this is something that is not correct. Many companies that should know better promote their barcode reading systems as verifying barcodes when they are actually validating.

Validating and verifying a barcode are two separate processes, each being important to ensuring that barcodes used on products and packaging are correctly encoded with the right data and that the quality is of an acceptable level.
Barcodes are very important in many industries. Whether used to identify a product in a retail store, a shipping case traveling through a logistics supply chain, or on an important component used in aerospace, each barcode should contain the right data (encoded in the appropriate format) and also be guaranteed to be read with an appropriate barcode scanner.
If you are printing or using barcodes within the GS1 system, every application has rules concerning how the data is encoded and the minimum barcode quality standards. Some organizations demand that their vendors meet the GS1 quality standards (or sometimes exceed them) and failure to do so can result in very expensive chargebacks for non-compliance.
Let’s look more closely at Validation and Verification for linear barcodes – we’ll discuss 2D barcodes in a future article.
Barcode Validation vs Verification

Barcode Validation

Barcode Validation is all about ensuring the barcode actually scans and that the format of the data is correct for the application in question. As mentioned above, Validation is like spelling and it is easy to do – in most cases, we can validate barcodes with our smartphones. Here’s a quick example:
Validation or Verification for barcodes

This is a very common barcode – a GS1 128 code that is encoded with a GTIN and a lot (or batch) number. Using the Barcode Check app on my phone I can get a very helpful validation report:

GS1 128 barcode Validation Report - smartphone

This is really useful because it shows me that my barcode meets the GS1 encoding spec and it confirms that the GTIN and lot number are correctly identified. This app also produces a report that can be saved or emailed.

While this is all very good – and I use this and similar apps all the time – validating the barcode does not show that it meets the GS1 or any other quality standard. It certainly won’t help when your large customer tells you that although your barcodes scan ok, they are not meeting the GS1 quality criteria. To ensure barcode quality, it is important to have a program in place to actually verify that your barcodes are meeting the quality standard.

Barcode Verification

For GS1 applications, there are clearly defined quality standards for each type of barcode that is allowed for that application.

As an example, here are the common barcodes GS1 allows for use in General Distribution (that don’t need to be scanned at POS):

GS1 Barcodes General Distribution

Barcodes for General Distribution (Click for larger version)

I’ve left out a few of the allowed barcodes (the GS1 Databar codes) to keep the table size manageable – in my experience, most barcodes used in distribution (at least in North America) are ITF-14 and GS1-128, with UPC from time to time. Note that currently (late 2018), only linear barcodes are approved for these distribution applications.

As well as specifying barcode symbols the table also shows the maximum and minimum sizes for the barcode x-dimension (width of the smallest bars) and height, as well as the minimum quiet zone (clear space) that needs to be positioned at each end of the barcode. The final column in the table specifies the minimum quality specification that the barcode is required to meet – in each case, it is defined as 1.5/10/660. In the remainder of this article, we’ll look at what these numbers mean.

1.5/10/660

In the GS1 system, linear barcodes are verified against the ISO/IEC 15426-1 standard.

The standard grades a number of the barcode parameters and returns a single score – in the case of the GS1 distribution barcodes (with one exception) that score is 1.5.

The verification process inspects a number of parameters and assigns each one a grade between 0.0 and 4.0.

The standard recommends that 10 scans are completed for each parameter (across different parts of the symbol) and the score for that parameter is the average of the 10.

The lowest score for any one of the parameters is the overall score for that symbol – it is rounded to one decimal place.

In our GS1 example, the 1.5 represents the minimum passing score the symbol must achieve.

Aperture & Wavelength of Verification Device.

When verifying a barcode, the resolution of the inspecting device as well as the lighting in the area can have an effect on the results obtained.

In an effort to standardize the testing as much as possible, GS1 specifies two testing parameters.

GS1 Webinar

Recently I did a short webinar on validation and verification with SATO America and GS1 – check it out!

An Exception to the Rule.

After all this attempt at standardization, there is an exception included in the GS1 specification.

When printing directly onto brown corrugated (using technologies such as inkjet, or flexo), the lack of contrast between the bars and the brown background material causes the verification score to be reduced and the 1.5 target to be unobtainable.

GS1 takes this into account by making the following statement: “For ITF-14 symbols printed on labels with off-set, thermal, or laser print with an X-dimension 0.495 millimetre (0.0195 inch), the minimum quality specification is 1.5/10/660. For ITF-14 symbols printed directly on corrugate or labels with an X-dimension greater than or equal to 0.635 millimetre (0.0250 inch), the minimum quality specification is 0.5/20/660”.

So our customers using FoxJet ProSeries printers to print the ITF-14 barcode on cases can verify against the less stringent target, as long as the x-dimension is is above 25 mils.

Why Go Through All This?

Obviously, the use of auto-identification of items in supply chains using barcodes depends on the codes being readable at every step. The use of the GS1 standards ensures that barcodes are printed consistently and anyone using barcode scanners that meet the same requirements should be able to read them with no problems – regardless of whether they are using brand new imaging scanners or have 20-year-old laser scanners in a warehouse.

For anyone shipping barcoded packaging, verification is the only way to know for sure the barcode is correct and that it will be readable.

I had a great example of this just yesterday – a label printed on one of our own labeling systems included a UPC code. I didn’t have a verifier handy or even an industrial scanner – just my trusty phone. I scanned the barcode with two reliable apps – one would read it easily, one not at all. Did my barcode meet the GS1 requirement? I have no idea! This wasn’t for a production job so not a big deal. On the other hand, if you are using barcodes for your product or secondary packaging, you never want to be in that uncertain position.

Want to Learn More?

If you want to learn more about the various barcodes and how they are used in the GS1 system, you can download our GS1 Barcode Intro. Also, our ID Technology team is always ready to help you make sure that you labeling and barcode operations meet all your customer’s and GS1 requirements. Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3 or contact David Holliday at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We can help you sort through the details and be on your way to labeling and coding your products with confidence.

 

 

Local save:http://labelingnews.wpengine.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/valadation-verification.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://labelingnews.wpengine.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/valadation-verification.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : Barcode Validation vs Verification - Barcode Validation vs Verification ON

Barcodes – Validation vs Verification in GS1

When talking about ensuring barcodes are correct, many people use the words validation and verification as though they are interchangeable – this is something that is not correct. Many companies that should know better promote their barcode reading systems as verifying barcodes when they are actually validating.

Validating and verifying a barcode are two separate processes, each being important to ensuring that barcodes used on products and packaging are correctly encoded with the right data and that the quality is of an acceptable level.
Barcodes are very important in many industries. Whether used to identify a product in a retail store, a shipping case traveling through a logistics supply chain, or on an important component used in aerospace, each barcode should contain the right data (encoded in the appropriate format) and also be guaranteed to be read with an appropriate barcode scanner.
If you are printing or using barcodes within the GS1 system, every application has rules concerning how the data is encoded and the minimum barcode quality standards. Some organizations demand that their vendors meet the GS1 quality standards (or sometimes exceed them) and failure to do so can result in very expensive chargebacks for non-compliance.
Let’s look more closely at Validation and Verification for linear barcodes – we’ll discuss 2D barcodes in a future article.
Barcode Validation vs Verification

Barcode Validation

Barcode Validation is all about ensuring the barcode actually scans and that the format of the data is correct for the application in question. As mentioned above, Validation is like spelling and it is easy to do – in most cases, we can validate barcodes with our smartphones. Here’s a quick example:
Validation or Verification for barcodes

This is a very common barcode – a GS1 128 code that is encoded with a GTIN and a lot (or batch) number. Using the Barcode Check app on my phone I can get a very helpful validation report:

GS1 128 barcode Validation Report - smartphone

This is really useful because it shows me that my barcode meets the GS1 encoding spec and it confirms that the GTIN and lot number are correctly identified. This app also produces a report that can be saved or emailed.

While this is all very good – and I use this and similar apps all the time – validating the barcode does not show that it meets the GS1 or any other quality standard. It certainly won’t help when your large customer tells you that although your barcodes scan ok, they are not meeting the GS1 quality criteria. To ensure barcode quality, it is important to have a program in place to actually verify that your barcodes are meeting the quality standard.

Barcode Verification

For GS1 applications, there are clearly defined quality standards for each type of barcode that is allowed for that application.

As an example, here are the common barcodes GS1 allows for use in General Distribution (that don’t need to be scanned at POS):

GS1 Barcodes General Distribution

Barcodes for General Distribution (Click for larger version)

I’ve left out a few of the allowed barcodes (the GS1 Databar codes) to keep the table size manageable – in my experience, most barcodes used in distribution (at least in North America) are ITF-14 and GS1-128, with UPC from time to time. Note that currently (late 2018), only linear barcodes are approved for these distribution applications.

As well as specifying barcode symbols the table also shows the maximum and minimum sizes for the barcode x-dimension (width of the smallest bars) and height, as well as the minimum quiet zone (clear space) that needs to be positioned at each end of the barcode. The final column in the table specifies the minimum quality specification that the barcode is required to meet – in each case, it is defined as 1.5/10/660. In the remainder of this article, we’ll look at what these numbers mean.

1.5/10/660

In the GS1 system, linear barcodes are verified against the ISO/IEC 15426-1 standard.

The standard grades a number of the barcode parameters and returns a single score – in the case of the GS1 distribution barcodes (with one exception) that score is 1.5.

The verification process inspects a number of parameters and assigns each one a grade between 0.0 and 4.0.

The standard recommends that 10 scans are completed for each parameter (across different parts of the symbol) and the score for that parameter is the average of the 10.

The lowest score for any one of the parameters is the overall score for that symbol – it is rounded to one decimal place.

In our GS1 example, the 1.5 represents the minimum passing score the symbol must achieve.

Aperture & Wavelength of Verification Device.

When verifying a barcode, the resolution of the inspecting device as well as the lighting in the area can have an effect on the results obtained.

In an effort to standardize the testing as much as possible, GS1 specifies two testing parameters.

GS1 Webinar

Recently I did a short webinar on validation and verification with SATO America and GS1 – check it out!

An Exception to the Rule.

After all this attempt at standardization, there is an exception included in the GS1 specification.

When printing directly onto brown corrugated (using technologies such as inkjet, or flexo), the lack of contrast between the bars and the brown background material causes the verification score to be reduced and the 1.5 target to be unobtainable.

GS1 takes this into account by making the following statement: “For ITF-14 symbols printed on labels with off-set, thermal, or laser print with an X-dimension 0.495 millimetre (0.0195 inch), the minimum quality specification is 1.5/10/660. For ITF-14 symbols printed directly on corrugate or labels with an X-dimension greater than or equal to 0.635 millimetre (0.0250 inch), the minimum quality specification is 0.5/20/660”.

So our customers using FoxJet ProSeries printers to print the ITF-14 barcode on cases can verify against the less stringent target, as long as the x-dimension is is above 25 mils.

Why Go Through All This?

Obviously, the use of auto-identification of items in supply chains using barcodes depends on the codes being readable at every step. The use of the GS1 standards ensures that barcodes are printed consistently and anyone using barcode scanners that meet the same requirements should be able to read them with no problems – regardless of whether they are using brand new imaging scanners or have 20-year-old laser scanners in a warehouse.

For anyone shipping barcoded packaging, verification is the only way to know for sure the barcode is correct and that it will be readable.

I had a great example of this just yesterday – a label printed on one of our own labeling systems included a UPC code. I didn’t have a verifier handy or even an industrial scanner – just my trusty phone. I scanned the barcode with two reliable apps – one would read it easily, one not at all. Did my barcode meet the GS1 requirement? I have no idea! This wasn’t for a production job so not a big deal. On the other hand, if you are using barcodes for your product or secondary packaging, you never want to be in that uncertain position.

Want to Learn More?

If you want to learn more about the various barcodes and how they are used in the GS1 system, you can download our GS1 Barcode Intro. Also, our ID Technology team is always ready to help you make sure that you labeling and barcode operations meet all your customer’s and GS1 requirements. Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3 or contact David Holliday at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We can help you sort through the details and be on your way to labeling and coding your products with confidence.

 

 

Local save:http://labelingnews.wpengine.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/gs1-128a.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://labelingnews.wpengine.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/gs1-128a.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : Validation or Verification for barcodes - Validation or Verification for barcodes ON

Barcodes – Validation vs Verification in GS1

When talking about ensuring barcodes are correct, many people use the words validation and verification as though they are interchangeable – this is something that is not correct. Many companies that should know better promote their barcode reading systems as verifying barcodes when they are actually validating.

Validating and verifying a barcode are two separate processes, each being important to ensuring that barcodes used on products and packaging are correctly encoded with the right data and that the quality is of an acceptable level.
Barcodes are very important in many industries. Whether used to identify a product in a retail store, a shipping case traveling through a logistics supply chain, or on an important component used in aerospace, each barcode should contain the right data (encoded in the appropriate format) and also be guaranteed to be read with an appropriate barcode scanner.
If you are printing or using barcodes within the GS1 system, every application has rules concerning how the data is encoded and the minimum barcode quality standards. Some organizations demand that their vendors meet the GS1 quality standards (or sometimes exceed them) and failure to do so can result in very expensive chargebacks for non-compliance.
Let’s look more closely at Validation and Verification for linear barcodes – we’ll discuss 2D barcodes in a future article.
Barcodes – Validation vs Verification in GS1

Barcode Validation

Barcode Validation is all about ensuring the barcode actually scans and that the format of the data is correct for the application in question. As mentioned above, Validation is like spelling and it is easy to do – in most cases, we can validate barcodes with our smartphones. Here’s a quick example:
Validation or Verification for barcodes

This is a very common barcode – a GS1 128 code that is encoded with a GTIN and a lot (or batch) number. Using the Barcode Check app on my phone I can get a very helpful validation report:

GS1 128 barcode Validation Report - smartphone

This is really useful because it shows me that my barcode meets the GS1 encoding spec and it confirms that the GTIN and lot number are correctly identified. This app also produces a report that can be saved or emailed.

While this is all very good – and I use this and similar apps all the time – validating the barcode does not show that it meets the GS1 or any other quality standard. It certainly won’t help when your large customer tells you that although your barcodes scan ok, they are not meeting the GS1 quality criteria. To ensure barcode quality, it is important to have a program in place to actually verify that your barcodes are meeting the quality standard.

Barcode Verification

For GS1 applications, there are clearly defined quality standards for each type of barcode that is allowed for that application.

As an example, here are the common barcodes GS1 allows for use in General Distribution (that don’t need to be scanned at POS):

GS1 Barcodes General Distribution

Barcodes for General Distribution (Click for larger version)

I’ve left out a few of the allowed barcodes (the GS1 Databar codes) to keep the table size manageable – in my experience, most barcodes used in distribution (at least in North America) are ITF-14 and GS1-128, with UPC from time to time. Note that currently (late 2018), only linear barcodes are approved for these distribution applications.

As well as specifying barcode symbols the table also shows the maximum and minimum sizes for the barcode x-dimension (width of the smallest bars) and height, as well as the minimum quiet zone (clear space) that needs to be positioned at each end of the barcode. The final column in the table specifies the minimum quality specification that the barcode is required to meet – in each case, it is defined as 1.5/10/660. In the remainder of this article, we’ll look at what these numbers mean.

1.5/10/660

In the GS1 system, linear barcodes are verified against the ISO/IEC 15426-1 standard.

The standard grades a number of the barcode parameters and returns a single score – in the case of the GS1 distribution barcodes (with one exception) that score is 1.5.

The verification process inspects a number of parameters and assigns each one a grade between 0.0 and 4.0.

The standard recommends that 10 scans are completed for each parameter (across different parts of the symbol) and the score for that parameter is the average of the 10.

The lowest score for any one of the parameters is the overall score for that symbol – it is rounded to one decimal place.

In our GS1 example, the 1.5 represents the minimum passing score the symbol must achieve.

Aperture & Wavelength of Verification Device.

When verifying a barcode, the resolution of the inspecting device as well as the lighting in the area can have an effect on the results obtained.

In an effort to standardize the testing as much as possible, GS1 specifies two testing parameters.

GS1 Webinar

Recently I did a short webinar on validation and verification with SATO America and GS1 – check it out!

An Exception to the Rule.

After all this attempt at standardization, there is an exception included in the GS1 specification.

When printing directly onto brown corrugated (using technologies such as inkjet, or flexo), the lack of contrast between the bars and the brown background material causes the verification score to be reduced and the 1.5 target to be unobtainable.

GS1 takes this into account by making the following statement: “For ITF-14 symbols printed on labels with off-set, thermal, or laser print with an X-dimension 0.495 millimetre (0.0195 inch), the minimum quality specification is 1.5/10/660. For ITF-14 symbols printed directly on corrugate or labels with an X-dimension greater than or equal to 0.635 millimetre (0.0250 inch), the minimum quality specification is 0.5/20/660”.

So our customers using FoxJet ProSeries printers to print the ITF-14 barcode on cases can verify against the less stringent target, as long as the x-dimension is is above 25 mils.

Why Go Through All This?

Obviously, the use of auto-identification of items in supply chains using barcodes depends on the codes being readable at every step. The use of the GS1 standards ensures that barcodes are printed consistently and anyone using barcode scanners that meet the same requirements should be able to read them with no problems – regardless of whether they are using brand new imaging scanners or have 20-year-old laser scanners in a warehouse.

For anyone shipping barcoded packaging, verification is the only way to know for sure the barcode is correct and that it will be readable.

I had a great example of this just yesterday – a label printed on one of our own labeling systems included a UPC code. I didn’t have a verifier handy or even an industrial scanner – just my trusty phone. I scanned the barcode with two reliable apps – one would read it easily, one not at all. Did my barcode meet the GS1 requirement? I have no idea! This wasn’t for a production job so not a big deal. On the other hand, if you are using barcodes for your product or secondary packaging, you never want to be in that uncertain position.

Want to Learn More?

If you want to learn more about the various barcodes and how they are used in the GS1 system, you can download our GS1 Barcode Intro. Also, our ID Technology team is always ready to help you make sure that you labeling and barcode operations meet all your customer’s and GS1 requirements. Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3 or contact David Holliday at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We can help you sort through the details and be on your way to labeling and coding your products with confidence.

 

 

Local save:http://labelingnews.wpengine.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/gs1-128-validation.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://labelingnews.wpengine.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/gs1-128-validation.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : GS1 128 barcode Validation Report - smartphone - GS1 128 barcode Validation Report - smartphone ON

Barcodes – Validation vs Verification in GS1

When talking about ensuring barcodes are correct, many people use the words validation and verification as though they are interchangeable – this is something that is not correct. Many companies that should know better promote their barcode reading systems as verifying barcodes when they are actually validating.

Validating and verifying a barcode are two separate processes, each being important to ensuring that barcodes used on products and packaging are correctly encoded with the right data and that the quality is of an acceptable level.
Barcodes are very important in many industries. Whether used to identify a product in a retail store, a shipping case traveling through a logistics supply chain, or on an important component used in aerospace, each barcode should contain the right data (encoded in the appropriate format) and also be guaranteed to be read with an appropriate barcode scanner.
If you are printing or using barcodes within the GS1 system, every application has rules concerning how the data is encoded and the minimum barcode quality standards. Some organizations demand that their vendors meet the GS1 quality standards (or sometimes exceed them) and failure to do so can result in very expensive chargebacks for non-compliance.
Let’s look more closely at Validation and Verification for linear barcodes – we’ll discuss 2D barcodes in a future article.
Barcodes – Validation vs Verification in GS1

Barcode Validation

Barcode Validation is all about ensuring the barcode actually scans and that the format of the data is correct for the application in question. As mentioned above, Validation is like spelling and it is easy to do – in most cases, we can validate barcodes with our smartphones. Here’s a quick example:
Barcodes – Validation vs Verification in GS1

This is a very common barcode – a GS1 128 code that is encoded with a GTIN and a lot (or batch) number. Using the Barcode Check app on my phone I can get a very helpful validation report:

GS1 128 barcode Validation Report - smartphone

This is really useful because it shows me that my barcode meets the GS1 encoding spec and it confirms that the GTIN and lot number are correctly identified. This app also produces a report that can be saved or emailed.

While this is all very good – and I use this and similar apps all the time – validating the barcode does not show that it meets the GS1 or any other quality standard. It certainly won’t help when your large customer tells you that although your barcodes scan ok, they are not meeting the GS1 quality criteria. To ensure barcode quality, it is important to have a program in place to actually verify that your barcodes are meeting the quality standard.

Barcode Verification

For GS1 applications, there are clearly defined quality standards for each type of barcode that is allowed for that application.

As an example, here are the common barcodes GS1 allows for use in General Distribution (that don’t need to be scanned at POS):

GS1 Barcodes General Distribution

Barcodes for General Distribution (Click for larger version)

I’ve left out a few of the allowed barcodes (the GS1 Databar codes) to keep the table size manageable – in my experience, most barcodes used in distribution (at least in North America) are ITF-14 and GS1-128, with UPC from time to time. Note that currently (late 2018), only linear barcodes are approved for these distribution applications.

As well as specifying barcode symbols the table also shows the maximum and minimum sizes for the barcode x-dimension (width of the smallest bars) and height, as well as the minimum quiet zone (clear space) that needs to be positioned at each end of the barcode. The final column in the table specifies the minimum quality specification that the barcode is required to meet – in each case, it is defined as 1.5/10/660. In the remainder of this article, we’ll look at what these numbers mean.

1.5/10/660

In the GS1 system, linear barcodes are verified against the ISO/IEC 15426-1 standard.

The standard grades a number of the barcode parameters and returns a single score – in the case of the GS1 distribution barcodes (with one exception) that score is 1.5.

The verification process inspects a number of parameters and assigns each one a grade between 0.0 and 4.0.

The standard recommends that 10 scans are completed for each parameter (across different parts of the symbol) and the score for that parameter is the average of the 10.

The lowest score for any one of the parameters is the overall score for that symbol – it is rounded to one decimal place.

In our GS1 example, the 1.5 represents the minimum passing score the symbol must achieve.

Aperture & Wavelength of Verification Device.

When verifying a barcode, the resolution of the inspecting device as well as the lighting in the area can have an effect on the results obtained.

In an effort to standardize the testing as much as possible, GS1 specifies two testing parameters.

GS1 Webinar

Recently I did a short webinar on validation and verification with SATO America and GS1 – check it out!

An Exception to the Rule.

After all this attempt at standardization, there is an exception included in the GS1 specification.

When printing directly onto brown corrugated (using technologies such as inkjet, or flexo), the lack of contrast between the bars and the brown background material causes the verification score to be reduced and the 1.5 target to be unobtainable.

GS1 takes this into account by making the following statement: “For ITF-14 symbols printed on labels with off-set, thermal, or laser print with an X-dimension 0.495 millimetre (0.0195 inch), the minimum quality specification is 1.5/10/660. For ITF-14 symbols printed directly on corrugate or labels with an X-dimension greater than or equal to 0.635 millimetre (0.0250 inch), the minimum quality specification is 0.5/20/660”.

So our customers using FoxJet ProSeries printers to print the ITF-14 barcode on cases can verify against the less stringent target, as long as the x-dimension is is above 25 mils.

Why Go Through All This?

Obviously, the use of auto-identification of items in supply chains using barcodes depends on the codes being readable at every step. The use of the GS1 standards ensures that barcodes are printed consistently and anyone using barcode scanners that meet the same requirements should be able to read them with no problems – regardless of whether they are using brand new imaging scanners or have 20-year-old laser scanners in a warehouse.

For anyone shipping barcoded packaging, verification is the only way to know for sure the barcode is correct and that it will be readable.

I had a great example of this just yesterday – a label printed on one of our own labeling systems included a UPC code. I didn’t have a verifier handy or even an industrial scanner – just my trusty phone. I scanned the barcode with two reliable apps – one would read it easily, one not at all. Did my barcode meet the GS1 requirement? I have no idea! This wasn’t for a production job so not a big deal. On the other hand, if you are using barcodes for your product or secondary packaging, you never want to be in that uncertain position.

Want to Learn More?

If you want to learn more about the various barcodes and how they are used in the GS1 system, you can download our GS1 Barcode Intro. Also, our ID Technology team is always ready to help you make sure that you labeling and barcode operations meet all your customer’s and GS1 requirements. Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3 or contact David Holliday at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We can help you sort through the details and be on your way to labeling and coding your products with confidence.

 

 

Local save:http://labelingnews.wpengine.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/GS1-Quality-Specs.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://labelingnews.wpengine.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/GS1-Quality-Specs.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : GS1 Barcodes General Distribution - GS1 Barcodes General Distribution ON

Barcodes – Validation vs Verification in GS1

When talking about ensuring barcodes are correct, many people use the words validation and verification as though they are interchangeable – this is something that is not correct. Many companies that should know better promote their barcode reading systems as verifying barcodes when they are actually validating.

Validating and verifying a barcode are two separate processes, each being important to ensuring that barcodes used on products and packaging are correctly encoded with the right data and that the quality is of an acceptable level.
Barcodes are very important in many industries. Whether used to identify a product in a retail store, a shipping case traveling through a logistics supply chain, or on an important component used in aerospace, each barcode should contain the right data (encoded in the appropriate format) and also be guaranteed to be read with an appropriate barcode scanner.
If you are printing or using barcodes within the GS1 system, every application has rules concerning how the data is encoded and the minimum barcode quality standards. Some organizations demand that their vendors meet the GS1 quality standards (or sometimes exceed them) and failure to do so can result in very expensive chargebacks for non-compliance.
Let’s look more closely at Validation and Verification for linear barcodes – we’ll discuss 2D barcodes in a future article.
Barcodes – Validation vs Verification in GS1

Barcode Validation

Barcode Validation is all about ensuring the barcode actually scans and that the format of the data is correct for the application in question. As mentioned above, Validation is like spelling and it is easy to do – in most cases, we can validate barcodes with our smartphones. Here’s a quick example:
Barcodes – Validation vs Verification in GS1

This is a very common barcode – a GS1 128 code that is encoded with a GTIN and a lot (or batch) number. Using the Barcode Check app on my phone I can get a very helpful validation report:

Barcodes – Validation vs Verification in GS1

This is really useful because it shows me that my barcode meets the GS1 encoding spec and it confirms that the GTIN and lot number are correctly identified. This app also produces a report that can be saved or emailed.

While this is all very good – and I use this and similar apps all the time – validating the barcode does not show that it meets the GS1 or any other quality standard. It certainly won’t help when your large customer tells you that although your barcodes scan ok, they are not meeting the GS1 quality criteria. To ensure barcode quality, it is important to have a program in place to actually verify that your barcodes are meeting the quality standard.

Barcode Verification

For GS1 applications, there are clearly defined quality standards for each type of barcode that is allowed for that application.

As an example, here are the common barcodes GS1 allows for use in General Distribution (that don’t need to be scanned at POS):

GS1 Barcodes General Distribution

Barcodes for General Distribution (Click for larger version)

I’ve left out a few of the allowed barcodes (the GS1 Databar codes) to keep the table size manageable – in my experience, most barcodes used in distribution (at least in North America) are ITF-14 and GS1-128, with UPC from time to time. Note that currently (late 2018), only linear barcodes are approved for these distribution applications.

As well as specifying barcode symbols the table also shows the maximum and minimum sizes for the barcode x-dimension (width of the smallest bars) and height, as well as the minimum quiet zone (clear space) that needs to be positioned at each end of the barcode. The final column in the table specifies the minimum quality specification that the barcode is required to meet – in each case, it is defined as 1.5/10/660. In the remainder of this article, we’ll look at what these numbers mean.

1.5/10/660

In the GS1 system, linear barcodes are verified against the ISO/IEC 15426-1 standard.

The standard grades a number of the barcode parameters and returns a single score – in the case of the GS1 distribution barcodes (with one exception) that score is 1.5.

The verification process inspects a number of parameters and assigns each one a grade between 0.0 and 4.0.

The standard recommends that 10 scans are completed for each parameter (across different parts of the symbol) and the score for that parameter is the average of the 10.

The lowest score for any one of the parameters is the overall score for that symbol – it is rounded to one decimal place.

In our GS1 example, the 1.5 represents the minimum passing score the symbol must achieve.

Aperture & Wavelength of Verification Device.

When verifying a barcode, the resolution of the inspecting device as well as the lighting in the area can have an effect on the results obtained.

In an effort to standardize the testing as much as possible, GS1 specifies two testing parameters.

GS1 Webinar

Recently I did a short webinar on validation and verification with SATO America and GS1 – check it out!

An Exception to the Rule.

After all this attempt at standardization, there is an exception included in the GS1 specification.

When printing directly onto brown corrugated (using technologies such as inkjet, or flexo), the lack of contrast between the bars and the brown background material causes the verification score to be reduced and the 1.5 target to be unobtainable.

GS1 takes this into account by making the following statement: “For ITF-14 symbols printed on labels with off-set, thermal, or laser print with an X-dimension 0.495 millimetre (0.0195 inch), the minimum quality specification is 1.5/10/660. For ITF-14 symbols printed directly on corrugate or labels with an X-dimension greater than or equal to 0.635 millimetre (0.0250 inch), the minimum quality specification is 0.5/20/660”.

So our customers using FoxJet ProSeries printers to print the ITF-14 barcode on cases can verify against the less stringent target, as long as the x-dimension is is above 25 mils.

Why Go Through All This?

Obviously, the use of auto-identification of items in supply chains using barcodes depends on the codes being readable at every step. The use of the GS1 standards ensures that barcodes are printed consistently and anyone using barcode scanners that meet the same requirements should be able to read them with no problems – regardless of whether they are using brand new imaging scanners or have 20-year-old laser scanners in a warehouse.

For anyone shipping barcoded packaging, verification is the only way to know for sure the barcode is correct and that it will be readable.

I had a great example of this just yesterday – a label printed on one of our own labeling systems included a UPC code. I didn’t have a verifier handy or even an industrial scanner – just my trusty phone. I scanned the barcode with two reliable apps – one would read it easily, one not at all. Did my barcode meet the GS1 requirement? I have no idea! This wasn’t for a production job so not a big deal. On the other hand, if you are using barcodes for your product or secondary packaging, you never want to be in that uncertain position.

Want to Learn More?

If you want to learn more about the various barcodes and how they are used in the GS1 system, you can download our GS1 Barcode Intro. Also, our ID Technology team is always ready to help you make sure that you labeling and barcode operations meet all your customer’s and GS1 requirements. Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3 or contact David Holliday at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We can help you sort through the details and be on your way to labeling and coding your products with confidence.

 

 

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2018/11/barcodes-validation-vs-verification-in-gs1/ [syndication_item_hash] => Array ( [0] => 471bca0137552ba529b75823f80406b3 [1] => d427dd21c74300b34cd718ded638fb80 [2] => fe0ea45a417e2614663f9f6661343c34 [3] => a1d27a229a92d080c27ab655cadfdd00 [4] => 2aa562a6d75c8b4c32e9fa243413c834 ) )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Barcodes – Validation vs Verification in GS1

Array ( [post_title] => Barcodes – Validation vs Verification in GS1 [post_content] =>

Barcodes – Validation vs Verification in GS1

When talking about ensuring barcodes are correct, many people use the words validation and verification as though they are interchangeable – this is something that is not correct. Many companies that should know better promote their barcode reading systems as verifying barcodes when they are actually validating.

Validating and verifying a barcode are two separate processes, each being important to ensuring that barcodes used on products and packaging are correctly encoded with the right data and that the quality is of an acceptable level.
Barcodes are very important in many industries. Whether used to identify a product in a retail store, a shipping case traveling through a logistics supply chain, or on an important component used in aerospace, each barcode should contain the right data (encoded in the appropriate format) and also be guaranteed to be read with an appropriate barcode scanner.
If you are printing or using barcodes within the GS1 system, every application has rules concerning how the data is encoded and the minimum barcode quality standards. Some organizations demand that their vendors meet the GS1 quality standards (or sometimes exceed them) and failure to do so can result in very expensive chargebacks for non-compliance.
Let’s look more closely at Validation and Verification for linear barcodes – we’ll discuss 2D barcodes in a future article.
Barcodes – Validation vs Verification in GS1

Barcode Validation

Barcode Validation is all about ensuring the barcode actually scans and that the format of the data is correct for the application in question. As mentioned above, Validation is like spelling and it is easy to do – in most cases, we can validate barcodes with our smartphones. Here’s a quick example:
Barcodes – Validation vs Verification in GS1

This is a very common barcode – a GS1 128 code that is encoded with a GTIN and a lot (or batch) number. Using the Barcode Check app on my phone I can get a very helpful validation report:

Barcodes – Validation vs Verification in GS1

This is really useful because it shows me that my barcode meets the GS1 encoding spec and it confirms that the GTIN and lot number are correctly identified. This app also produces a report that can be saved or emailed.

While this is all very good – and I use this and similar apps all the time – validating the barcode does not show that it meets the GS1 or any other quality standard. It certainly won’t help when your large customer tells you that although your barcodes scan ok, they are not meeting the GS1 quality criteria. To ensure barcode quality, it is important to have a program in place to actually verify that your barcodes are meeting the quality standard.

Barcode Verification

For GS1 applications, there are clearly defined quality standards for each type of barcode that is allowed for that application.

As an example, here are the common barcodes GS1 allows for use in General Distribution (that don’t need to be scanned at POS):

Barcodes – Validation vs Verification in GS1

Barcodes for General Distribution (Click for larger version)

I’ve left out a few of the allowed barcodes (the GS1 Databar codes) to keep the table size manageable – in my experience, most barcodes used in distribution (at least in North America) are ITF-14 and GS1-128, with UPC from time to time. Note that currently (late 2018), only linear barcodes are approved for these distribution applications.

As well as specifying barcode symbols the table also shows the maximum and minimum sizes for the barcode x-dimension (width of the smallest bars) and height, as well as the minimum quiet zone (clear space) that needs to be positioned at each end of the barcode. The final column in the table specifies the minimum quality specification that the barcode is required to meet – in each case, it is defined as 1.5/10/660. In the remainder of this article, we’ll look at what these numbers mean.

1.5/10/660

In the GS1 system, linear barcodes are verified against the ISO/IEC 15426-1 standard.

The standard grades a number of the barcode parameters and returns a single score – in the case of the GS1 distribution barcodes (with one exception) that score is 1.5.

The verification process inspects a number of parameters and assigns each one a grade between 0.0 and 4.0.

The standard recommends that 10 scans are completed for each parameter (across different parts of the symbol) and the score for that parameter is the average of the 10.

The lowest score for any one of the parameters is the overall score for that symbol – it is rounded to one decimal place.

In our GS1 example, the 1.5 represents the minimum passing score the symbol must achieve.

Aperture & Wavelength of Verification Device.

When verifying a barcode, the resolution of the inspecting device as well as the lighting in the area can have an effect on the results obtained.

In an effort to standardize the testing as much as possible, GS1 specifies two testing parameters.

GS1 Webinar

Recently I did a short webinar on validation and verification with SATO America and GS1 – check it out!

An Exception to the Rule.

After all this attempt at standardization, there is an exception included in the GS1 specification.

When printing directly onto brown corrugated (using technologies such as inkjet, or flexo), the lack of contrast between the bars and the brown background material causes the verification score to be reduced and the 1.5 target to be unobtainable.

GS1 takes this into account by making the following statement: “For ITF-14 symbols printed on labels with off-set, thermal, or laser print with an X-dimension 0.495 millimetre (0.0195 inch), the minimum quality specification is 1.5/10/660. For ITF-14 symbols printed directly on corrugate or labels with an X-dimension greater than or equal to 0.635 millimetre (0.0250 inch), the minimum quality specification is 0.5/20/660”.

So our customers using FoxJet ProSeries printers to print the ITF-14 barcode on cases can verify against the less stringent target, as long as the x-dimension is is above 25 mils.

Why Go Through All This?

Obviously, the use of auto-identification of items in supply chains using barcodes depends on the codes being readable at every step. The use of the GS1 standards ensures that barcodes are printed consistently and anyone using barcode scanners that meet the same requirements should be able to read them with no problems – regardless of whether they are using brand new imaging scanners or have 20-year-old laser scanners in a warehouse.

For anyone shipping barcoded packaging, verification is the only way to know for sure the barcode is correct and that it will be readable.

I had a great example of this just yesterday – a label printed on one of our own labeling systems included a UPC code. I didn’t have a verifier handy or even an industrial scanner – just my trusty phone. I scanned the barcode with two reliable apps – one would read it easily, one not at all. Did my barcode meet the GS1 requirement? I have no idea! This wasn’t for a production job so not a big deal. On the other hand, if you are using barcodes for your product or secondary packaging, you never want to be in that uncertain position.

Want to Learn More?

If you want to learn more about the various barcodes and how they are used in the GS1 system, you can download our GS1 Barcode Intro. Also, our ID Technology team is always ready to help you make sure that you labeling and barcode operations meet all your customer’s and GS1 requirements. Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3 or contact David Holliday at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We can help you sort through the details and be on your way to labeling and coding your products with confidence.

 

 

[post_excerpt] => When talking about ensuring barcodes are correct, many people use the words validation and verification as though they are interchangeable – this is something that is not correct. Many companies that should know better promote their barcode reading systems as verifying barcodes when they are actually validating. Validating and verifying a barcode are two separate […] [post_date_gmt] => 2018-11-28 21:10:02 [post_date] => 2018-11-28 21:10:02 [post_modified_gmt] => 2018-11-28 21:10:02 [post_modified] => 2018-11-28 21:10:02 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://www.labelingnews.com/?p=5858 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2018/11/barcodes-validation-vs-verification-in-gs1/ [syndication_item_hash] => Array ( [0] => 471bca0137552ba529b75823f80406b3 [1] => d427dd21c74300b34cd718ded638fb80 [2] => fe0ea45a417e2614663f9f6661343c34 [3] => a1d27a229a92d080c27ab655cadfdd00 [4] => 2aa562a6d75c8b4c32e9fa243413c834 ) [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0,0,0,0,0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1625 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) [post_name] => barcodes-validation-vs-verification-in-gs1 )


Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /homepages/41/d79740523/htdocs/converternews/wp-content/plugins/feedwordpress/syndicatedlink.class.php on line 302

Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /homepages/41/d79740523/htdocs/converternews/wp-content/plugins/feedwordpress/syndicatedlink.class.php on line 302

1

Attach Id ( 194367 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 194085

1

Attach Id ( 196176 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 195688

1

Attach Id ( 197036 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 197000

1

Attach Id ( 199012 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 198936

1

Attach Id ( 228522 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 221129

1

Attach Id ( 234309 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 234297

1

Attach Id ( 253580 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 249228

1

Attach Id ( 276919 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 276406

1

Attach Id ( 276921 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 276421

1

Attach Id ( 276923 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 276424

1

Attach Id ( 276951 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 275971

1

Attach Id ( 276968 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 275977

1

Attach Id ( 276994 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 276427

1

Attach Id ( 276996 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 276430

1

Attach Id ( 277001 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 276465

1

Attach Id ( 277003 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 276468

1

Attach Id ( 277005 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 276306

1

Attach Id ( 277007 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 276471

1

Attach Id ( 277009 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 276474

1

Attach Id ( 277011 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 276477

1

Attach Id ( 277015 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 276136

1

Attach Id ( 379383 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 378342

1

Attach Id ( 379385 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 378345

1

Attach Id ( 379387 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 378348

1

Attach Id ( 386994 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 325003

1

Attach Id ( 389810 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 389701

1

Attach Id ( 407721 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 361336

1

Attach Id ( 408068 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 404376

1

Attach Id ( 408149 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 293296

1

Attach Id ( 408389 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 300814

1

Attach Id ( 408460 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 377163

1

Attach Id ( 409232 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 308600

1

Attach Id ( 412819 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 336808

1

Attach Id ( 413176 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 337034

1

Attach Id ( 419280 ) not integer for post_thumbnail 418246

Packaging Innovations 2018 | One-to-one sessions with Packaging Society experts | Slitter, converting, labelling and hot melt news